gtk2/po-properties/gl.po

7639 lines
219 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Normal View History

2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-master-po-properties-gl-77816____.merged.po to Galician
# translation of gtk+-properties.gtk-2-10.po to
# Galician translation of gtk+.
# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Jesus Bravo Alvarez
#
# Proxecto Trasno - Adaptación do software libre á lingua galega: Se desexas
# colaborar connosco, podes atopar máis información en http://www.trasno.net
#
# First Version: 1999-08-30 18:49+0200
# Based on es.po by Pablo Saratxaga <srtxg@chanae.alphanet.ch>
# and pt.po by Nuno Ferreira <nmrf@rnl.ist.utl.pt>
#
2006-05-19 18:38:45 +00:00
# Jesus Bravo Alvarez <jba@pobox.com>, 1999, 2000.
# Ignacio Casal Quinteiro <nacho.resa@gmail.com>, 2005, 2006.
# Ignacio Casal Quinteiro <icq@svn.gnome.org>, 2008.
# Mancomún - Centro de Referencia e Servizos de Software Libre <g11n@mancomun.org>, 2009.
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
# Anton Meixome <certima@certima.net>, 2009.
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
# Antón Méixome <meixome@mancomun.org>, 2009.
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
# Antón Méixome <meixome@certima.net>, 2010.
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
# Fran Diéguez <frandieguez@ubuntu.com>, 2009, 2010.
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
# Fran Dieguez <frandieguez@ubuntu.com>, 2009, 2010.
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Project-Id-Version: gtk+-master-po-properties-gl-77816____.merged\n"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-08-05 16:15+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-08-05 16:16+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Fran Dieguez <frandieguez@ubuntu.com>\n"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
"Language-Team: Galician <gnome-gl-list@gnome.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: gl\n"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:102
msgid "Default Display"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Pantalla predefinida"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:103
msgid "The default display for GDK"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Pantalla predefinida para o GDK"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkpango.c:538 ../gtk/gtkinvisible.c:91
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:175 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:283
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:662
msgid "Screen"
msgstr "Pantalla"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkpango.c:539
msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer"
msgstr "o GdkScreen para o renderizador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkscreen.c:75
msgid "Font options"
msgstr "Opcións de tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkscreen.c:76
msgid "The default font options for the screen"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "As opcións predefinidas do tipo de letra para a pantalla"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkscreen.c:83
msgid "Font resolution"
msgstr "Resolución do tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkscreen.c:84
msgid "The resolution for fonts on the screen"
msgstr "A resolución para os tipos de letra na pantalla"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkwindow.c:547 ../gdk/gdkwindow.c:548
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgid "Cursor"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Cursor"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:296
msgid "Program name"
msgstr "Nome do programa"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:297
msgid ""
"The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"g_get_application_name()"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"O nome do programa. Se non se define, usarase de forma predefinida "
"g_get_application_name()"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:311
msgid "Program version"
msgstr "Versión do programa"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:312
msgid "The version of the program"
msgstr "A versión do programa"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:326
msgid "Copyright string"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Cadea de dereitos de autor"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327
msgid "Copyright information for the program"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Información de dereitos de autor do programa"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:344
msgid "Comments string"
msgstr "Cadea de comentarios"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345
msgid "Comments about the program"
msgstr "Comentarios sobre o programa"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:379
msgid "Website URL"
msgstr "URL do sitio web"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:380
msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program"
msgstr "O URL para a ligazón ao sitio web do programa"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:395
msgid "Website label"
msgstr "Etiqueta do sitio web"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:396
msgid ""
"The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it "
"defaults to the URL"
msgstr ""
"A etiqueta para a ligazón ao sitio web do programa. Se non se define, "
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"usarase o URL predefinido"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:412
msgid "Authors"
msgstr "Autores"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:413
msgid "List of authors of the program"
msgstr "Lista de autores do programa"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:429
msgid "Documenters"
msgstr "Documentadores"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:430
msgid "List of people documenting the program"
msgstr "Lista de persoas que documentan o programa"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:446
msgid "Artists"
msgstr "Artistas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:447
msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program"
msgstr "Lista de xente que contribuíu con material gráfico ao programa"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:464
msgid "Translator credits"
msgstr "Créditos de tradución"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:465
msgid ""
"Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable"
msgstr "Créditos dos tradutores. Esta cadea deberá marcarse como traducíbel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:480
msgid "Logo"
msgstr "Logotipo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:481
msgid ""
"A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"Un logotipo para a caixa Sobre. Se non se define, o predefinido é "
"gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:496
msgid "Logo Icon Name"
msgstr "Nome da icona do logotipo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:497
msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box."
msgstr "Unha icona con nome para usar como logotipo na caixa Sobre."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:510
msgid "Wrap license"
msgstr "Axustar a licenza"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:511
msgid "Whether to wrap the license text."
msgstr "Indica se se debe axustar o texto da licenza."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:189
msgid "Accelerator Closure"
msgstr "Peche do acelerador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:190
msgid "The closure to be monitored for accelerator changes"
msgstr "O peche que se vai monitorizar para os cambios no acelerador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:196
msgid "Accelerator Widget"
msgstr "Widget do acelerador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:197
msgid "The widget to be monitored for accelerator changes"
msgstr "O widget que se vai monitorizar para os cambios no acelerador"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:222 ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:228 ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:125
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextmark.c:89
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:223
msgid "A unique name for the action."
msgstr "Un nome único para a acción."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:241 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:241 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:193
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:126 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:551 ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:304
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:202 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1548
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Etiqueta"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:242
msgid "The label used for menu items and buttons that activate this action."
msgstr ""
"A etiqueta usada para os elementos de menú e botóns que activan esta acción."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:258
msgid "Short label"
msgstr "Etiqueta curta"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:259
msgid "A shorter label that may be used on toolbar buttons."
msgstr ""
"Unha etiqueta máis curta que poderá empregarse nos botóns da barra de "
"ferramentas."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:267
msgid "Tooltip"
msgstr "Indicación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:268
msgid "A tooltip for this action."
msgstr "Unha indicación para esta acción."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:283
msgid "Stock Icon"
msgstr "Icona de inventario"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:284
msgid "The stock icon displayed in widgets representing this action."
msgstr ""
"A icona de inventario mostrada nos widgets que representan esta acción."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:304 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:256
msgid "GIcon"
msgstr "GIcon"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:305 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:216
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:352 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:257
msgid "The GIcon being displayed"
msgstr "A GIcon que se mostra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:325 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:181
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:334 ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:174 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:240
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:654
msgid "Icon Name"
msgstr "Nome da icona"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:326 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:182
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:335 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:241
msgid "The name of the icon from the icon theme"
msgstr "O nome da icona do tema de iconas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:333 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:184
msgid "Visible when horizontal"
msgstr "Visíbel cando é horizontal"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:334 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:185
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a horizontal "
"orientation."
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento da barra de ferramentas é visíbel cando a barra de "
"ferramentas está en orientación horizontal."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:349
msgid "Visible when overflown"
msgstr "Visíbel cando se desborda"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:350
msgid ""
"When TRUE, toolitem proxies for this action are represented in the toolbar "
"overflow menu."
msgstr ""
"Cando é TRUE, os proxies toolitem para esta acción represéntanse no menú de "
"desbordamento da barra de tarefas."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:357 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:191
msgid "Visible when vertical"
msgstr "Visíbel cando é vertical"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:358 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:192
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a vertical "
"orientation."
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento da barra de ferramentas é visíbel cando a barra de "
"ferramentas está en orientación vertical."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:365 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:198
msgid "Is important"
msgstr "É importante"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:366
msgid ""
"Whether the action is considered important. When TRUE, toolitem proxies for "
"this action show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode."
msgstr ""
"Indica se a acción se considera importante. Cando é TRUE, os proxies "
"toolitem mostran o texto no modo GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:374
msgid "Hide if empty"
msgstr "Ocultar se está baleiro"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:375
msgid "When TRUE, empty menu proxies for this action are hidden."
msgstr ""
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
"Cando é TRUE, ocúltanse os proxies de menú baleiro para este aplicativo."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:381 ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:235
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:214 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:618
msgid "Sensitive"
msgstr "Sensíbel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:382
msgid "Whether the action is enabled."
msgstr "Indica se a acción está activada."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:388 ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:242
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:299 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:192
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:611
msgid "Visible"
msgstr "Visíbel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:389
msgid "Whether the action is visible."
msgstr "Indica se a acción é visíbel."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:395
msgid "Action Group"
msgstr "Grupo de acción"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:396
msgid ""
"The GtkActionGroup this GtkAction is associated with, or NULL (for internal "
"use)."
msgstr ""
"O GtkActionGroup co que esta GtkAction está asociada ou NULL (para uso "
"interno)."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:414 ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:171
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Always show image"
msgstr "Mostrar sempre a imaxe"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:415 ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:172
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Whether the image will always be shown"
msgstr "Indica se hai que mostrar a imaxe sempre"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:229
msgid "A name for the action group."
msgstr "Un nome para o grupo da acción."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:236
msgid "Whether the action group is enabled."
msgstr "Indica se o grupo de acción está activado."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:243
msgid "Whether the action group is visible."
msgstr "Indica se o grupo de acción é visíbel."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactivatable.c:307
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Related Action"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Acción relacionada"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactivatable.c:308
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "The action this activatable will activate and receive updates from"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "A acción que activará este activábel e do cal recibirá actualizacións"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactivatable.c:330
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Use Action Appearance"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Usar aparencia de activación"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactivatable.c:331
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether to use the related actions appearance properties"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Cando usar as accións relacionadas coas propiedades da aparencia"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:93 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:124
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:220 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:292
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Valor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:94
msgid "The value of the adjustment"
msgstr "O valor do axuste"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:110
msgid "Minimum Value"
msgstr "Valor mínimo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:111
msgid "The minimum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "O valor mínimo do axuste"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:130
msgid "Maximum Value"
msgstr "Valor máximo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:131
msgid "The maximum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "O valor máximo do axuste"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:147
msgid "Step Increment"
msgstr "Incremento de paso"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:148
msgid "The step increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "O incremento de paso do axuste"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:164
msgid "Page Increment"
msgstr "Incremento de páxina"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:165
msgid "The page increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "O incremento de páxina do axuste"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:184
msgid "Page Size"
msgstr "Tamaño de páxina"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:185
msgid "The page size of the adjustment"
msgstr "O tamaño de páxina do axuste"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:120
msgid "Horizontal alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento horizontal"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:121 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:292
msgid ""
"Horizontal position of child in available space. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 is "
"right aligned"
msgstr ""
"Posición horizontal do fillo no espazo dispoñíbel. 0.0 é aliñado á esquerda, "
"1.0 é aliñado á dereita"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:130
msgid "Vertical alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento vertical"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:131 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:311
msgid ""
"Vertical position of child in available space. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is "
"bottom aligned"
msgstr ""
"Posición vertical do fillo no espazo dispoñíbel. 0.0 é aliñado arriba, 1.0 é "
"aliñado abaixo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:139
msgid "Horizontal scale"
msgstr "Escala horizontal"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:140
msgid ""
"If available horizontal space is bigger than needed for the child, how much "
"of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
msgstr ""
"Se o espazo horizontal dispoñíbel é maior que o necesitado para o fillo, "
"canto se debe usar para o fillo. 0.0 significa nada, 1.0 significa todo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:148
msgid "Vertical scale"
msgstr "Escala vertical"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:149
msgid ""
"If available vertical space is bigger than needed for the child, how much of "
"it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
msgstr ""
"Se o espazo vertical dispoñíbel é maior que o necesario para o fillo, canto "
"se debe usar para o fillo. 0.0 significa nada, 1.0 significa todo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:166
msgid "Top Padding"
msgstr "Recheo superior"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:167
msgid "The padding to insert at the top of the widget."
msgstr "O recheo para introducir por encima do widget."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:183
msgid "Bottom Padding"
msgstr "Recheo inferior"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:184
msgid "The padding to insert at the bottom of the widget."
msgstr "O recheo para introducir por debaixo do widget."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:200
msgid "Left Padding"
msgstr "Recheo á esquerda"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:201
msgid "The padding to insert at the left of the widget."
msgstr "O recheo para introducir á esquerda do widget."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:217
msgid "Right Padding"
msgstr "Recheo á dereita"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:218
msgid "The padding to insert at the right of the widget."
msgstr "O recheo para introducir á dereita do widget."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:100
msgid "Arrow direction"
msgstr "Dirección da frecha"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:101
msgid "The direction the arrow should point"
msgstr "A dirección á que a frecha deberá apuntar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:109
msgid "Arrow shadow"
msgstr "Sombra da frecha"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:110
msgid "Appearance of the shadow surrounding the arrow"
msgstr "Aparencia da sombra que rodea a frecha"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:117 ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:722 ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:367
msgid "Arrow Scaling"
msgstr "Escalado de frecha"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:118
msgid "Amount of space used up by arrow"
msgstr "Cantidade de espazo ocupado por frecha"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:105
msgid "Horizontal Alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento horizontal"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:106
msgid "X alignment of the child"
msgstr "Aliñamento X do fillo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:112
msgid "Vertical Alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento vertical"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:113
msgid "Y alignment of the child"
msgstr "Aliñamento Y do fillo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:119
msgid "Ratio"
msgstr "Proporción"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:120
msgid "Aspect ratio if obey_child is FALSE"
msgstr "Proporción de aspecto se obey_child é FALSE"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:126
msgid "Obey child"
msgstr "Obedecer ao fillo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:127
msgid "Force aspect ratio to match that of the frame's child"
msgstr "Forzar a proporción de aspecto para que coincida coa do marco do fillo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:312
msgid "Header Padding"
msgstr "Recheo da cabeceira"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:313
msgid "Number of pixels around the header."
msgstr "Número de píxeles ao redor da cabeceira."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:320
msgid "Content Padding"
msgstr "Recheo do contido"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:321
msgid "Number of pixels around the content pages."
msgstr "Número de píxeles ao redor das páxinas de contidos."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:337
msgid "Page type"
msgstr "Tipo de páxina"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:338
msgid "The type of the assistant page"
msgstr "O tipo da páxina do asistente"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:355
msgid "Page title"
msgstr "Título da páxina"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:356
msgid "The title of the assistant page"
msgstr "O título da páxina do asistente"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:372
msgid "Header image"
msgstr "Imaxe de cabeceira"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:373
msgid "Header image for the assistant page"
msgstr "Imaxe de cabeceira para a páxina do asistente"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:389
msgid "Sidebar image"
msgstr "Imaxe da barra lateral"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:390
msgid "Sidebar image for the assistant page"
msgstr "Imaxe da barra lateral da páxina do asistente"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:405
msgid "Page complete"
msgstr "Páxina completa"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:406
msgid "Whether all required fields on the page have been filled out"
msgstr "Indica se todos os campos requiridos na páxina foron cubertos"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:144
msgid "Minimum child width"
msgstr "Largura mínima do fillo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:145
msgid "Minimum width of buttons inside the box"
msgstr "A largura mínima dos botóns dentro da caixa"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:153
msgid "Minimum child height"
msgstr "Altura mínima do fillo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:154
msgid "Minimum height of buttons inside the box"
msgstr "A altura mínima dos botóns dentro da caixa"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:162
msgid "Child internal width padding"
msgstr "Largura interna de recheo do fillo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:163
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on either side"
msgstr "Cantidade na que se aumenta o tamaño do fillo por cada lado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:171
msgid "Child internal height padding"
msgstr "Altura interna de recheo do fillo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:172
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on the top and bottom"
msgstr "Cantidade en que se aumenta o tamaño do fillo por encima e por debaixo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:180
msgid "Layout style"
msgstr "Estilo de disposición"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:181
msgid ""
"How to layout the buttons in the box. Possible values are default, spread, "
"edge, start and end"
msgstr ""
"Como dispor os botóns na caixa. Os valores posíbeis son: default "
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"(predefinido), spread (afastados), edge (bordos), start (inicio) e end "
"(final)"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:189
msgid "Secondary"
msgstr "Secundario"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:190
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the child appears in a secondary group of children, suitable for, e."
"g., help buttons"
msgstr ""
"Se é TRUE, o fillo aparece nun grupo secundario de fillos; é útil, por "
"exemplo, para botóns de axuda"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:241 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:217 ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:677
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:217
msgid "Spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:242
msgid "The amount of space between children"
msgstr "A cantidade de espazo entre os fillos"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:251 ../gtk/gtktable.c:181 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:518
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1601
msgid "Homogeneous"
msgstr "Homoxéneo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:252
msgid "Whether the children should all be the same size"
msgstr "Indica se todos os fillos deben ser do mesmo tamaño"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:268 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:510 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1608
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1057 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:273
msgid "Expand"
msgstr "Expandir"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:269
msgid "Whether the child should receive extra space when the parent grows"
msgstr "Indica se o fillo debe recibir espazo adicional cando o pai crece"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:285 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1615
msgid "Fill"
msgstr "Encher"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:286
msgid ""
"Whether extra space given to the child should be allocated to the child or "
"used as padding"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se debe dar espazo adicional para que o fillo poida ser asignado "
"no fillo ou usado como recheo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:293 ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:161
msgid "Padding"
msgstr "Recheo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:294
msgid "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels"
msgstr ""
"Espazo adicional para colocar entre o fillo e os seus veciños, en píxeles"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:300
msgid "Pack type"
msgstr "Tipo de empaquetado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:301 ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:699
msgid ""
"A GtkPackType indicating whether the child is packed with reference to the "
"start or end of the parent"
msgstr ""
"Un GtkPackType que indica se o fillo está empaquetado en relación ao inicio "
"ou ao final do pai"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:307 ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:677 ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:268
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:154 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1629
msgid "Position"
msgstr "Posición"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:308 ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:678
msgid "The index of the child in the parent"
msgstr "O índice do fillo no pai"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbuilder.c:314
msgid "Translation Domain"
msgstr "Dominio de tradución"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbuilder.c:315
msgid "The translation domain used by gettext"
msgstr "O dominio de tradución usado por gettext"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:242
msgid ""
"Text of the label widget inside the button, if the button contains a label "
"widget"
msgstr ""
"Texto da etiqueta do widget dentro do botón, se o botón contén unha etiqueta "
"widget"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:249 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:201 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:572
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:319 ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:209
msgid "Use underline"
msgstr "Usar subliñado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:250 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:202 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:573
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:320
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used "
"for the mnemonic accelerator key"
msgstr ""
"Se se define, un subliñado no texto indica que o seguinte carácter debería "
"usarse para a tecla rápida mnemónica"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:257 ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:152
msgid "Use stock"
msgstr "Usar inventario"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:258
msgid ""
"If set, the label is used to pick a stock item instead of being displayed"
msgstr ""
"Se se estabelece, a etiqueta úsase para seleccionar un elemento do "
"inventario en vez de ser mostrado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:265 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:797
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:390
msgid "Focus on click"
msgstr "Enfocar ao premer"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:266 ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:391
msgid "Whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
msgstr "Indica se o botón captura o foco cando se preme co rato"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:273
msgid "Border relief"
msgstr "Relevo do bordo"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:274
msgid "The border relief style"
msgstr "Estilo de relevo do bordo"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:291
msgid "Horizontal alignment for child"
msgstr "Aliñamento horizontal para o fillo"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:310
msgid "Vertical alignment for child"
msgstr "Aliñamento vertical para o fillo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:327 ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:137
msgid "Image widget"
msgstr "Widget de imaxe"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:328
msgid "Child widget to appear next to the button text"
msgstr "Widget fillo que aparecerá ao lado do texto do botón"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:342
msgid "Image position"
msgstr "Posición da imaxe"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:343
msgid "The position of the image relative to the text"
msgstr "A posición da imaxe en relación ao texto"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:463
msgid "Default Spacing"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Espazamento predefinido"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:464
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Espazo adicional que engadir para os botóns GTK_CAN_DEFAULT"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:478
msgid "Default Outside Spacing"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Espazamento exterior predefinido"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:479
msgid ""
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
"Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons that is always drawn outside "
"the border"
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Espazo adicional que engadir para os botóns GTK_CAN_DEFAULT que son sempre "
"debuxados fóra do bordo"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:484
msgid "Child X Displacement"
msgstr "Desprazamento X do fillo"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:485
msgid ""
"How far in the x direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
"Distancia na dirección X que debe moverse o fillo cando se solta o botón"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:492
msgid "Child Y Displacement"
msgstr "Desprazamento Y do fillo"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:493
msgid ""
"How far in the y direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
"Distancia na dirección Y que debe moverse o fillo cando se solta o botón"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:509
msgid "Displace focus"
msgstr "Desprazar o foco"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:510
msgid ""
"Whether the child_displacement_x/_y properties should also affect the focus "
"rectangle"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as propiedades child_displacement_x/_y deberían afectar tamén ao "
"rectángulo do foco"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:523 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:696 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1741
msgid "Inner Border"
msgstr "Bordo interior"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:524
msgid "Border between button edges and child."
msgstr "Bordo entre os bordos do botón e o fillo."
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:537
msgid "Image spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento da imaxe"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:538
msgid "Spacing in pixels between the image and label"
msgstr "Espazamento en píxeles entre a imaxe e a etiqueta"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:552
msgid "Show button images"
msgstr "Mostrar imaxes no botón"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:553
msgid "Whether images should be shown on buttons"
msgstr "Indica se se deberían mostrar as imaxes nos botóns"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:458
msgid "Year"
msgstr "Ano"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:459
msgid "The selected year"
msgstr "O ano seleccionado"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:472
msgid "Month"
msgstr "Mes"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:473
msgid "The selected month (as a number between 0 and 11)"
msgstr "O mes seleccionado (como número entre 0 e 11)"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:487
msgid "Day"
msgstr "Día"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:488
msgid ""
"The selected day (as a number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the "
"currently selected day)"
msgstr ""
"O día seleccionado (como un número entre 1 e 31 ou 0 para anular a selección "
"do día seleccionado actualmente)"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:502
msgid "Show Heading"
msgstr "Mostrar a cabeceira"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:503
msgid "If TRUE, a heading is displayed"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, móstrase unha cabeceira"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:517
msgid "Show Day Names"
msgstr "Mostrar os nomes dos días"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:518
msgid "If TRUE, day names are displayed"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, móstranse os nomes dos días"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:531
msgid "No Month Change"
msgstr "Sen cambio de mes"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:532
msgid "If TRUE, the selected month cannot be changed"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Se é TRUE, non será posíbel cambiar o mes seleccionado"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:546
msgid "Show Week Numbers"
msgstr "Mostrar os números de semana"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:547
msgid "If TRUE, week numbers are displayed"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, móstranse os números de semana"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:562
msgid "Details Width"
msgstr "Largura dos detalles"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:563
msgid "Details width in characters"
msgstr "A largura dos detalles en caracteres"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:578
msgid "Details Height"
msgstr "Altura dos detalles"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:579
msgid "Details height in rows"
msgstr "A altura dos detalles en caracteres"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:595
msgid "Show Details"
msgstr "Mostrar os detalles"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:596
msgid "If TRUE, details are shown"
msgstr "Se é TRUE móstranse os detalles"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:608
msgid "Inner border"
msgstr "Bordo interior"
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:609
msgid "Inner border space"
msgstr "Espacio do bordo interior"
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:620
msgid "Vertical separation"
msgstr "Separación vertical"
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:621
msgid "Space between day headers and main area"
msgstr "Espazo entre as cabeceiras de día e o área principal"
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:632
msgid "Horizontal separation"
msgstr "Separación horizontal"
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:633
msgid "Space between week headers and main area"
msgstr "Espazo entre as cabeceiras de semana e o área principal"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:53
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
msgid "Editing Canceled"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Edición cancelada"
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:54
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
msgid "Indicates that editing has been canceled"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Indica que a edición foi cancelada"
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:198
msgid "mode"
msgstr "modo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:199
msgid "Editable mode of the CellRenderer"
msgstr "Modo editábel do CellRenderer"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:207
msgid "visible"
msgstr "visíbel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:208
msgid "Display the cell"
msgstr "Mostrar a cela"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:215
msgid "Display the cell sensitive"
msgstr "Mostrar a cela sensíbel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:222
msgid "xalign"
msgstr "xalign"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:223
msgid "The x-align"
msgstr "O aliñamento x"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:232
msgid "yalign"
msgstr "yalign"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:233
msgid "The y-align"
msgstr "O aliñamento y"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:242
msgid "xpad"
msgstr "xpad"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:243
msgid "The xpad"
msgstr "O xpad"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:252
msgid "ypad"
msgstr "ypad"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:253
msgid "The ypad"
msgstr "O ypad"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:262
msgid "width"
msgstr "largura"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:263
msgid "The fixed width"
msgstr "A largura fixa"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:272
msgid "height"
msgstr "altura"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:273
msgid "The fixed height"
msgstr "A altura fixa"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:282
msgid "Is Expander"
msgstr "É expansor"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:283
msgid "Row has children"
msgstr "A fila ten fillos"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:291
msgid "Is Expanded"
msgstr "Está expandido"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:292
msgid "Row is an expander row, and is expanded"
msgstr "A fila é unha fila de expansor e está expandida"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:299
msgid "Cell background color name"
msgstr "Nome da cor de fondo da cela"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:300
msgid "Cell background color as a string"
msgstr "Cor de fondo da cela como unha cadea"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:307
msgid "Cell background color"
msgstr "Cor de fondo da cela"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:308
msgid "Cell background color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Cor de fondo da cela como unha GdkColor"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:315
msgid "Editing"
msgstr "Editando"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:316
msgid "Whether the cell renderer is currently in editing mode"
msgstr "Indica se o renderizador de cela está actualmente no modo de edición"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:324
msgid "Cell background set"
msgstr "Definición do fondo da cela"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:325
msgid "Whether this tag affects the cell background color"
msgstr "Indica se esta etiqueta afecta á cor de fondo da cela"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:134
msgid "Accelerator key"
msgstr "Tecla rápida"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:135
msgid "The keyval of the accelerator"
msgstr "O valor (keyval) da tecla rápida"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:151
msgid "Accelerator modifiers"
msgstr "Modificadores de tecla rápida"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:152
msgid "The modifier mask of the accelerator"
msgstr "A máscara do modificador da tecla rápida"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:169
msgid "Accelerator keycode"
msgstr "Código de tecla da tecla rápida"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:170
msgid "The hardware keycode of the accelerator"
msgstr "O código de tecla de hardware da tecla rápida"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:189
msgid "Accelerator Mode"
msgstr "Modo de teclas rápidas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:190
msgid "The type of accelerators"
msgstr "O tipo de teclas rápidas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:110
msgid "Model"
msgstr "Modelo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:111
msgid "The model containing the possible values for the combo box"
msgstr "O modelo que contén os valores posíbeis para a caixa de combinación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:133 ../gtk/gtkcomboboxentry.c:104
msgid "Text Column"
msgstr "Columna de texto"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:134 ../gtk/gtkcomboboxentry.c:105
msgid "A column in the data source model to get the strings from"
msgstr "Unha columna no modelo de orixe de datos da que se obteñen as cadeas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:151
msgid "Has Entry"
msgstr "Ten entrada"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:152
msgid "If FALSE, don't allow to enter strings other than the chosen ones"
msgstr "Se é FALSE, non permitir introducir cadeas distintas das escollidas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:121
msgid "Pixbuf Object"
msgstr "Obxecto pixbuf"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:122
msgid "The pixbuf to render"
msgstr "O pixbuf para renderizar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:129
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Open"
msgstr "O pixbuf do expansor aberto"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:130
msgid "Pixbuf for open expander"
msgstr "O pixbuf para o expansor aberto"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:137
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Closed"
msgstr "O pixbuf do expansor pechado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:138
msgid "Pixbuf for closed expander"
msgstr "O pixbuf para o expansor pechado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:145 ../gtk/gtkimage.c:276
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:232
msgid "Stock ID"
msgstr "ID de inventario"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:146
msgid "The stock ID of the stock icon to render"
msgstr "O ID de inventario da icona de inventario para renderizar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:153 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:153
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:305 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:273
msgid "Size"
msgstr "Tamaño"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:154
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon"
msgstr "O valor do GtkIconSize que especifica o tamaño da icona renderizada"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:163
msgid "Detail"
msgstr "Detalle"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:164
msgid "Render detail to pass to the theme engine"
msgstr "Detalle de renderizado para pasar ao motor de temas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:197
msgid "Follow State"
msgstr "Seguir o estado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:198
msgid "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the state"
msgstr "Indica se o pixbuf renderizado debería colorearse de acordo co estado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:215 ../gtk/gtkimage.c:351
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:631
msgid "Icon"
msgstr "Icona"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:125
msgid "Value of the progress bar"
msgstr "Valor da barra de progreso"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:142 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:216
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:739 ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:352
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:239 ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:143
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:210
msgid "Text"
msgstr "Texto"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:143
msgid "Text on the progress bar"
msgstr "Texto na barra de progreso"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:166 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:139
msgid "Pulse"
msgstr "Pulsación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:167
msgid ""
"Set this to positive values to indicate that some progress is made, but you "
"don't know how much."
msgstr ""
"Defina isto con valores positivos para indicar que se realiza algún "
"progreso, mais non se sabe canto."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:183
msgid "Text x alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento x do texto"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:184
msgid ""
"The horizontal text alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."
msgstr ""
"O aliñamento horizontal do texto, desde 0 (esquerda) até 1 (dereita). Ao "
"revés para disposicións RTL."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:200
msgid "Text y alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento y do texto"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:201
msgid "The vertical text alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)."
msgstr "O aliñamento vertical do texto, desde 0 (superior) até 1 (inferior)."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:217 ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:741
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkorientable.c:62 ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:118
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:331 ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:120
msgid "Orientation"
msgstr "Orientación"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:218 ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:119
msgid "Orientation and growth direction of the progress bar"
msgstr "Orientación e dirección de crecemento da barra de progreso"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:91 ../gtk/gtkrange.c:399
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:239 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:231
msgid "Adjustment"
msgstr "Axuste"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:92
msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton."
msgstr "O axuste que mantén o valor do botón de axuste."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:107
msgid "Climb rate"
msgstr "Taxa de incremento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:108 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:240
msgid "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button"
msgstr "A taxa de aceleración cando mantén premido un botón"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:121 ../gtk/gtkscale.c:219
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:249
msgid "Digits"
msgstr "Díxitos"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:122 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:250
msgid "The number of decimal places to display"
msgstr "O número de lugares decimais que se vai mostrar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:119 ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:107
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:512 ../gtk/gtkspinner.c:125 ../gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:133
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:115 ../gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c:112
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Active"
msgstr "Activo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:120
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the spinner is active (ie. shown) in the cell"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o spinner está activo (p.ex mostrado) na cela"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:140
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Pulse of the spinner"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Pulso do spinner"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:154
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered spinner"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "O valor do GtkIconSize que especifica o tamaño do spinner renderizado"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:217
msgid "Text to render"
msgstr "Texto para renderizar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:224
msgid "Markup"
msgstr "Marcación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:225
msgid "Marked up text to render"
msgstr "Texto marcado para renderizar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:232 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:558
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr "Atributos"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:233
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the renderer"
msgstr ""
"Unha lista de atributos de estilo para aplicar ao texto do renderizador"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:240
msgid "Single Paragraph Mode"
msgstr "Modo de parágrafo único"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:241
msgid "Whether or not to keep all text in a single paragraph"
msgstr "Indica se debe manterse ou non todo o texto nun só parágrafo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:249 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:159
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:182
msgid "Background color name"
msgstr "Nome da cor de fondo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:250 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:160
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:183
msgid "Background color as a string"
msgstr "Cor de fondo como unha cadea"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:257 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:166
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:190
msgid "Background color"
msgstr "Cor de fondo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:258 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:167
msgid "Background color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Cor de fondo como unha GdkColor"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:265 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:216
msgid "Foreground color name"
msgstr "Nome da cor de primeiro plano"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:266 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:217
msgid "Foreground color as a string"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano como unha cadea"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:273 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:224
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:129
msgid "Foreground color"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:274
msgid "Foreground color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano como unha GdkColor"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:282 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:663
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:250 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:661
msgid "Editable"
msgstr "Editábel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:283 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:251
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:662
msgid "Whether the text can be modified by the user"
msgstr "Indica se o usuario pode modificar o texto"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:290 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:298
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:266 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:274
msgid "Font"
msgstr "Tipo de letra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:291 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:267
msgid "Font description as a string, e.g. \"Sans Italic 12\""
msgstr ""
"Descrición do tipo de letra como unha cadea, por exemplo \"Sans Italic 12\""
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:299 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:275
msgid "Font description as a PangoFontDescription struct"
msgstr "Descrición do tipo de letra como unha estrutura PangoFontDescription"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:307 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:282
msgid "Font family"
msgstr "Familia do tipo de letra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:308 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:283
msgid "Name of the font family, e.g. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace"
msgstr ""
"Nome da familia do tipo de letra, por exemplo Sans, Helvética, Times ou "
"Monospace"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:315 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:316
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:290
msgid "Font style"
msgstr "Estilo do tipo de letra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:324 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:325
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:299
msgid "Font variant"
msgstr "Variante do tipo de letra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:333 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:334
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:308
msgid "Font weight"
msgstr "Grosor do tipo de letra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:343 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:344
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:319
msgid "Font stretch"
msgstr "Expandir o tipo de letra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:352 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:353
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:328
msgid "Font size"
msgstr "Tamaño do tipo de letra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:362 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:348
msgid "Font points"
msgstr "Puntos do tipo de letra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:363 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:349
msgid "Font size in points"
msgstr "Tamaño do tipo de letra en puntos"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:372 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:338
msgid "Font scale"
msgstr "Escala do tipo de letra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:373
msgid "Font scaling factor"
msgstr "Factor de escalado do tipo de letra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:382 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:417
msgid "Rise"
msgstr "Elevación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:383
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative)"
msgstr ""
"Desprazamento do texto sobre a liña base (por debaixo da liña base se a "
"elevación é negativa)"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:394 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:457
msgid "Strikethrough"
msgstr "Riscado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:395 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:458
msgid "Whether to strike through the text"
msgstr "Indica se se risca o texto"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:402 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:465
msgid "Underline"
msgstr "Subliñado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:403 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:466
msgid "Style of underline for this text"
msgstr "Estilo de subliñado para este texto"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:411 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:377
msgid "Language"
msgstr "Idioma"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:412
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If you don't understand this parameter, you "
"probably don't need it"
msgstr ""
"O idioma en que está este texto como un código ISO. O Pango pode empregar "
"isto como unha axuda cando está renderizando o texto. Se non comprende este "
"parámetro probabelmente non o necesite"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:432 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:683
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:173
msgid "Ellipsize"
msgstr "Elidir (...)"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:433
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
"O lugar preferido para elidir a cadea, se o renderizador da cela non ten "
"espazo suficiente para mostrar a cadea completa"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:452 ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:418
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:704
msgid "Width In Characters"
msgstr "Largura en caracteres"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:453 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:705
msgid "The desired width of the label, in characters"
msgstr "A largura desexada da etiqueta, en caracteres"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:471 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:474
msgid "Wrap mode"
msgstr "Modo de axuste"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:472
msgid ""
"How to break the string into multiple lines, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
"Como romper a cadea en liñas múltiples, se o renderizador da cela non ten "
"suficiente espazo para mostrar a cadea completa"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:491 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:686
msgid "Wrap width"
msgstr "Largura de axuste"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:492
msgid "The width at which the text is wrapped"
msgstr "A largura á que o texto se axustará"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:512 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:298
msgid "Alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:513
msgid "How to align the lines"
msgstr "Como aliñar as liñas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:523 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:189
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:563
msgid "Background set"
msgstr "Definición do fondo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:524 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:190
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:564
msgid "Whether this tag affects the background color"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á cor de fondo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:527 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:575
msgid "Foreground set"
msgstr "Definición do primeiro plano"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:528 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:576
msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground color"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á cor de primeiro plano"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:531 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:583
msgid "Editability set"
msgstr "Definición da editabilidade"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:532 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:584
msgid "Whether this tag affects text editability"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á editabilidade do texto"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:535 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:587
msgid "Font family set"
msgstr "Definición da familia do tipo de letra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:536 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:588
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font family"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á familia do tipo de letra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:539 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:591
msgid "Font style set"
msgstr "Definición do estilo do tipo de letra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:540 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:592
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font style"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao estilo do tipo de letra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:543 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:595
msgid "Font variant set"
msgstr "Definición da variante do tipo de letra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:544 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:596
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font variant"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á variante do tipo de letra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:547 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:599
msgid "Font weight set"
msgstr "Definición do grosor do tipo de letra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:548 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:600
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font weight"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao grosor do tipo de letra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:551 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:603
msgid "Font stretch set"
msgstr "Definición da expansión do tipo de letra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:552 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:604
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font stretch"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á expansión do tipo de letra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:555 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:607
msgid "Font size set"
msgstr "Definición do tamaño do tipo de letra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:556 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:608
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font size"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao tamaño do tipo de letra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:559 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:611
msgid "Font scale set"
msgstr "Definición da escala do tipo de letra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:560 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:612
msgid "Whether this tag scales the font size by a factor"
msgstr "Indica se esta etiqueta escala o tamaño do tipo de letra por un factor"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:563 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:631
msgid "Rise set"
msgstr "Definición da elevación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:564 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:632
msgid "Whether this tag affects the rise"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á elevación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:567 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:647
msgid "Strikethrough set"
msgstr "Definición do riscado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:568 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:648
msgid "Whether this tag affects strikethrough"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao riscado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:571 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:655
msgid "Underline set"
msgstr "Definición do subliñado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:572 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:656
msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao subliñado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:575 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:619
msgid "Language set"
msgstr "Definición do idioma"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:576 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:620
msgid "Whether this tag affects the language the text is rendered as"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao idioma en que se renderiza o texto"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:579
msgid "Ellipsize set"
msgstr "Definición da elisión"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:580
msgid "Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao modo elidido"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:583
msgid "Align set"
msgstr "Definición de aliñamento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:584
msgid "Whether this tag affects the alignment mode"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao modo de aliñamento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:129
msgid "Toggle state"
msgstr "Estado alternábel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:130
msgid "The toggle state of the button"
msgstr "O estado alternábel do botón"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:137
msgid "Inconsistent state"
msgstr "Estado inconsistente"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:138
msgid "The inconsistent state of the button"
msgstr "O estado inconsistente do botón"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:145
msgid "Activatable"
msgstr "Activábel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:146
msgid "The toggle button can be activated"
msgstr "O botón de estado pódese activar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:153
msgid "Radio state"
msgstr "Estado de opción"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:154
msgid "Draw the toggle button as a radio button"
msgstr "Debuxar o botón de estado como un botón de opción"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:161
msgid "Indicator size"
msgstr "Tamaño do indicador"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:162 ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:69
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:131
msgid "Size of check or radio indicator"
msgstr "Tamaño do indicador de opción ou de verificación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:181
msgid "CellView model"
msgstr "Modelo CellView"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:182
msgid "The model for cell view"
msgstr "O modelo para a visualización de cela"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:68 ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:130
msgid "Indicator Size"
msgstr "Tamaño do indicador"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:76 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:243
msgid "Indicator Spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento do indicador"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:77
msgid "Spacing around check or radio indicator"
msgstr "Espazamento ao redor do indicador de opción ou de verificación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:108
msgid "Whether the menu item is checked"
msgstr "Indica se o elemento de menú está seleccionado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:115 ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:123
msgid "Inconsistent"
msgstr "Inconsistente"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:116
msgid "Whether to display an \"inconsistent\" state"
msgstr "Indica se se debe mostrar un estado \"inconsistente\""
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:123
msgid "Draw as radio menu item"
msgstr "Debuxar como un elemento do menú de opción"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:124
msgid "Whether the menu item looks like a radio menu item"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a aparencia do elemento de menú é como un elemento do menú de "
"opción"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:159
msgid "Use alpha"
msgstr "Usar alfa"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:160
msgid "Whether or not to give the color an alpha value"
msgstr "Indica se debe darse ou non un valor alfa á cor"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:174 ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:404
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:140 ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:115
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:427 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:265
msgid "Title"
msgstr "Título"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:175
msgid "The title of the color selection dialog"
msgstr "O título do diálogo de selección da cor"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:189 ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:293
msgid "Current Color"
msgstr "Cor actual"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:190
msgid "The selected color"
msgstr "A cor seleccionada"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:204 ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:300
msgid "Current Alpha"
msgstr "Alfa actual"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:205
msgid "The selected opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
msgstr ""
"O valor de opacidade actual (0 é completamente transparente; 65535 é "
"completamente opaco)"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:279
msgid "Has Opacity Control"
msgstr "Ten un control de opacidade"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:280
msgid "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity"
msgstr "Indica se o selector de cor pode permitir seleccionar a opacidade"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:286
msgid "Has palette"
msgstr "Ten unha paleta"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:287
msgid "Whether a palette should be used"
msgstr "Indica se se pode usar unha paleta"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:294
msgid "The current color"
msgstr "A cor actual"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:301
msgid "The current opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
msgstr ""
"O valor de opacidade actual (0 é completamente transparente, 65535 é "
"completamente opaco)"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:315
msgid "Custom palette"
msgstr "Paleta personalizada"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:316
msgid "Palette to use in the color selector"
msgstr "A paleta que se usará no selector de cores"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:110
msgid "Color Selection"
msgstr "Selección de cor"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:111
msgid "The color selection embedded in the dialog."
msgstr "A selección de cor incorporada no diálogo."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:117
msgid "OK Button"
msgstr "Botón Aceptar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:118
msgid "The OK button of the dialog."
msgstr "O botón Aceptar do diálogo."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:124
msgid "Cancel Button"
msgstr "Botón Cancelar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:125
msgid "The cancel button of the dialog."
msgstr "O botón Cancelar do diálogo."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:131
msgid "Help Button"
msgstr "Botón Axuda"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:132
msgid "The help button of the dialog."
msgstr "O botón Axuda do diálogo."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:669
msgid "ComboBox model"
msgstr "Modelo de caixa de combinación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:670
msgid "The model for the combo box"
msgstr "O modelo para a caixa de combinación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:687
msgid "Wrap width for laying out the items in a grid"
msgstr "Largura de axuste para distribuír os elementos nunha grade"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:709
msgid "Row span column"
msgstr "Columna de expansión da fila"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:710
msgid "TreeModel column containing the row span values"
msgstr "Columna TreeModel que contén os valores de expansión da fila"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:731
msgid "Column span column"
msgstr "Columna de expansión da columna"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:732
msgid "TreeModel column containing the column span values"
msgstr "Columna TreeModel que contén os valores de expansión da columna"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:753
msgid "Active item"
msgstr "Elemento activo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:754
msgid "The item which is currently active"
msgstr "O elemento que está activo actualmente"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:773 ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:224
msgid "Add tearoffs to menus"
msgstr "Engadir tiradores aos menús"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:774
msgid "Whether dropdowns should have a tearoff menu item"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os menús despregábeis deben ter un elemento de menú desprazábel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:789 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:688
msgid "Has Frame"
msgstr "Ten marco"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:790
msgid "Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child"
msgstr "Indica se a caixa de combinación debuxa un marco ao redor do fillo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:798
msgid "Whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
msgstr "Indica se a caixa de combinación captura o foco cando se preme co rato"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:813 ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:567
msgid "Tearoff Title"
msgstr "Título do tirador"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:814
msgid ""
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when the popup is torn-"
"off"
msgstr ""
"Un título que o xestor de xanelas pode mostrar cando o menú emerxente se "
"separa"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:831
msgid "Popup shown"
msgstr "Menú emerxente mostrado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:832
msgid "Whether the combo's dropdown is shown"
msgstr "Indica se se mostra o despregábel da caixa de combinación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:848
msgid "Button Sensitivity"
msgstr "Sensibilidade do botón"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:849
msgid "Whether the dropdown button is sensitive when the model is empty"
msgstr "Indica se o botón despregábel é sensíbel cando o modelo está baleiro"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:856
msgid "Appears as list"
msgstr "Móstrase como unha lista"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:857
msgid "Whether dropdowns should look like lists rather than menus"
msgstr "Indica se os despregábeis deben parecerse a listas en vez de a menús"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:873
msgid "Arrow Size"
msgstr "Tamaño da frecha"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:874
msgid "The minimum size of the arrow in the combo box"
msgstr "O tamaño mínimo da frecha no caixa de combinación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:889 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:788 ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:197
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:188 ../gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:247 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:568
#: ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:160
msgid "Shadow type"
msgstr "Tipo de sombra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:890
msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the combo box"
msgstr "A clase de sombra que se debuxa ao redor da caixa de combinación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:248
msgid "Resize mode"
msgstr "Modo de redimensionamento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:249
msgid "Specify how resize events are handled"
msgstr "Especifica como se manipulan os eventos de redimensionamento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:256
msgid "Border width"
msgstr "Largura do bordo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:257
msgid "The width of the empty border outside the containers children"
msgstr "A largura do bordo baleiro fóra dos contedores fillos"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:265
msgid "Child"
msgstr "Fillo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:266
msgid "Can be used to add a new child to the container"
msgstr "Pode usarse para engadir un fillo novo ao contedor"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:149
msgid "Has separator"
msgstr "Ten un separador"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:150
msgid "The dialog has a separator bar above its buttons"
msgstr "A caixa de diálogo ten unha barra separadora sobre os seus botóns"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:195 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:432
msgid "Content area border"
msgstr "Bordo da área de contidos"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:196
msgid "Width of border around the main dialog area"
msgstr "Largura do bordo ao redor da área principal da caixa de diálogo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:213 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:449
msgid "Content area spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento da área de contido"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:214
msgid "Spacing between elements of the main dialog area"
msgstr "O espazamento entre os elementos da área de diálogo principal"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:221 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:465
msgid "Button spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento dos botóns"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:222 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:466
msgid "Spacing between buttons"
msgstr "Espazamento entre os botóns"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:230 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:481
msgid "Action area border"
msgstr "Bordo da área de acción"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:231
msgid "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog"
msgstr ""
"Largura do bordo ao redor da área do botón na parte inferior da caixa de "
"diálogo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:635
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Text Buffer"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Búfer de texto"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:636
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Text buffer object which actually stores entry text"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Obxecto de búfer de texto que almacena actualmente a entrada de texto"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:643 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:646
msgid "Cursor Position"
msgstr "Posición do cursor"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:644 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:647
msgid "The current position of the insertion cursor in chars"
msgstr "A posición actual do cursor de inserción en caracteres"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:653 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:656
msgid "Selection Bound"
msgstr "Límite da selección"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:654 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:657
msgid ""
"The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars"
msgstr "A posición en caracteres do extremo oposto da selección desde o cursor"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:664
msgid "Whether the entry contents can be edited"
msgstr "Indica se os contidos da entrada se poden editar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:671 ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:382
msgid "Maximum length"
msgstr "Lonxitude máxima"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:672 ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:383
msgid "Maximum number of characters for this entry. Zero if no maximum"
msgstr "Número máximo de caracteres nesta entrada. É cero se non hai un máximo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:680
msgid "Visibility"
msgstr "Visibilidade"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:681
msgid ""
"FALSE displays the \"invisible char\" instead of the actual text (password "
"mode)"
msgstr ""
"FALSE mostra o \"carácter invisíbel\" en lugar do texto actual (no modo "
"contrasinal)"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:689
msgid "FALSE removes outside bevel from entry"
msgstr "FALSE elimina o bisel exterior da entrada"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:697
msgid ""
"Border between text and frame. Overrides the inner-border style property"
msgstr ""
"Bordo entre o texto e o marco. Sobreponse á propiedade de estilo do bordo "
"interno"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:704 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1270
msgid "Invisible character"
msgstr "Carácter invisíbel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:705 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1271
msgid "The character to use when masking entry contents (in \"password mode\")"
msgstr ""
"O carácter que usar cando se oculten os contidos da entrada (no \"modo de "
"contrasinal\")"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:712
msgid "Activates default"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Activa o predefinido"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:713
msgid ""
"Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a "
"dialog) when Enter is pressed"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"Indica se se debe activar o widget predefinido (como o botón predefinido "
"nunha caixa de diálogo) cando se prema a tecla Intro"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:719
msgid "Width in chars"
msgstr "Largura en caracteres"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:720
msgid "Number of characters to leave space for in the entry"
msgstr "Número de caracteres para os que deixar espazo na entrada"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:729
msgid "Scroll offset"
msgstr "Compensación do desprazamento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:730
msgid "Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left"
msgstr ""
"Número de píxeles da entrada desprazados fóra da pantalla e cara á esquerda"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:740
msgid "The contents of the entry"
msgstr "Os contidos da entrada"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:755 ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:81
msgid "X align"
msgstr "Aliñamento X"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:756 ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:82
msgid ""
"The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."
msgstr ""
"O aliñamento horizontal, desde 0 (esquerda) até 1 (dereita). Ao revés para "
"disposicións DAE."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:772
msgid "Truncate multiline"
msgstr "Truncar multiliña"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:773
msgid "Whether to truncate multiline pastes to one line."
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se se truncan as accións de pegar multiliñas nunha liña."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:789
msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the entry when has-frame is set"
msgstr ""
"Que tipo de sombra debuxar ao redor da entrada cando has-frame está activado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:804 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:741
msgid "Overwrite mode"
msgstr "Modo de sobrescritura"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:805
msgid "Whether new text overwrites existing text"
msgstr "Indica se o texto novo sobrescribe o texto existente"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:819 ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:367
msgid "Text length"
msgstr "Lonxitude de texto"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:820
msgid "Length of the text currently in the entry"
msgstr "A lonxitude do texto que está actualmente na entrada"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:835
msgid "Invisible char set"
msgstr "Carácter invisíbel definido"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:836
msgid "Whether the invisible char has been set"
msgstr "Indica se o carácter invisíbel foi definido"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:854
msgid "Caps Lock warning"
msgstr "Aviso de Bloq Maiús"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:855
msgid "Whether password entries will show a warning when Caps Lock is on"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as entradas de contrasinal mostrarán un aviso cando Bloq Maiús "
"estea activado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:869
msgid "Progress Fraction"
msgstr "Fracción de progreso"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:870
msgid "The current fraction of the task that's been completed"
msgstr "A fracción actual da tarefa que está terminada"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:887
msgid "Progress Pulse Step"
msgstr "Paso de pulso de progreso"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:888
msgid ""
"The fraction of total entry width to move the progress bouncing block for "
"each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse()"
msgstr ""
"A fracción total da largura da entrada para mover o bloque de rebote de "
"progreso para cada chamada a gtk_entry_progress_pulse()"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:904
msgid "Primary pixbuf"
msgstr "Pixbuf primario"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:905
msgid "Primary pixbuf for the entry"
msgstr "O pixbuf primario para a entrada"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:919
msgid "Secondary pixbuf"
msgstr "Pixbuf secundario"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:920
msgid "Secondary pixbuf for the entry"
msgstr "O pixbuf secundario para a entrada"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:934
msgid "Primary stock ID"
msgstr "ID de inventario primario"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:935
msgid "Stock ID for primary icon"
msgstr "O ID de inventario para a icona primaria"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:949
msgid "Secondary stock ID"
msgstr "ID de inventario secundario"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:950
msgid "Stock ID for secondary icon"
msgstr "O ID de inventario para a icona secundaria"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:964
msgid "Primary icon name"
msgstr "Nome de icona primaria"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:965
msgid "Icon name for primary icon"
msgstr "O nome de icona para a icona primaria"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:979
msgid "Secondary icon name"
msgstr "Nome de icona secundaria"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:980
msgid "Icon name for secondary icon"
msgstr "O nome de icona para a icona secundaria"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:994
msgid "Primary GIcon"
msgstr "GIcon primaria"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:995
msgid "GIcon for primary icon"
msgstr "O nome para a GIcon primaria"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1009
msgid "Secondary GIcon"
msgstr "GIcon secundaria"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1010
msgid "GIcon for secondary icon"
msgstr "O nome para a GIcon secundaria"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1024
msgid "Primary storage type"
msgstr "Tipo de almacenamento primario"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1025
msgid "The representation being used for primary icon"
msgstr "A representación usada para a icona primaria"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1040
msgid "Secondary storage type"
msgstr "Tipo de almacenamento secundario"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1041
msgid "The representation being used for secondary icon"
msgstr "A representación usada para a icona secundaria"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1062
msgid "Primary icon activatable"
msgstr "Icona primaria activábel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1063
msgid "Whether the primary icon is activatable"
msgstr "Indica se a icona primaria é activábel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1083
msgid "Secondary icon activatable"
msgstr "Icona secundaria activábel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1084
msgid "Whether the secondary icon is activatable"
msgstr "Indica se a icona secundaria é activábel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1106
msgid "Primary icon sensitive"
msgstr "Sensibilidade da icona primaria"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1107
msgid "Whether the primary icon is sensitive"
msgstr "Indica se a icona primaria é sensíbel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1128
msgid "Secondary icon sensitive"
msgstr "Sensibilidade da icona secundaria"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1129
msgid "Whether the secondary icon is sensitive"
msgstr "Indica se a icona secundaria é sensíbel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1145
msgid "Primary icon tooltip text"
msgstr "Texto da indicación da icona primaria"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1146 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1182
msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon"
msgstr "O contido da indicación da icona primaria"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1162
msgid "Secondary icon tooltip text"
msgstr "Texto da indicación da icona secundaria"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1163 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1201
msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon"
msgstr "O contido da indicación da icona secundaria"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1181
msgid "Primary icon tooltip markup"
msgstr "Marcación da indicación da icona primaria"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1200
msgid "Secondary icon tooltip markup"
msgstr "Marcación da indicación da icona secundaria"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1220 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:769
msgid "IM module"
msgstr "Módulo MI"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1221 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:770
msgid "Which IM module should be used"
msgstr "O módulo de MI que se debería usar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1235
msgid "Icon Prelight"
msgstr "Iluminación previa da icona"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1236
msgid "Whether activatable icons should prelight when hovered"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as iconas activábeis se deberían iluminar previamente ao pasar o "
"rato por encima"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1249
msgid "Progress Border"
msgstr "Bordo do progreso"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1250
msgid "Border around the progress bar"
msgstr "O bordo ao redor da barra de progreso"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1742
msgid "Border between text and frame."
msgstr "Bordo entre o texto e o marco."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1756
msgid "State Hint"
msgstr "Suxestión de estado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1757
msgid "Whether to pass a proper state when drawing shadow or background"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se pasa unha propiedade de estado cando se debuxe a sombra ou o "
"fondo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1762 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:905
msgid "Select on focus"
msgstr "Seleccionar ao enfocar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1763
msgid "Whether to select the contents of an entry when it is focused"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se deben seleccionar os contidos dunha entrada cando está enfocada"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1777
msgid "Password Hint Timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de espera para a suxestión de contrasinal"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1778
msgid "How long to show the last input character in hidden entries"
msgstr ""
"Durante canto tempo hai que mostrar o último carácter introducido nas "
"entradas ocultas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:353
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "The contents of the buffer"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Os contidos do búfer"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:368
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Length of the text currently in the buffer"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "A lonxitude do texto que está actualmente no búfer"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:277
msgid "Completion Model"
msgstr "Modelo de completado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:278
msgid "The model to find matches in"
msgstr "O modelo para encontrar coincidencias"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:284
msgid "Minimum Key Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude mínima da chave"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:285
msgid "Minimum length of the search key in order to look up matches"
msgstr "Lonxitude mínima da chave de busca para encontrar coincidencias"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:301 ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:598
msgid "Text column"
msgstr "Columna de texto"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:302
msgid "The column of the model containing the strings."
msgstr "Unha columna do modelo que contén as cadeas."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:321
msgid "Inline completion"
msgstr "Completado en liña"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:322
msgid "Whether the common prefix should be inserted automatically"
msgstr "Indica se o prefixo común se debe inserir automaticamente"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:336
msgid "Popup completion"
msgstr "Emerxer os completados"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:337
msgid "Whether the completions should be shown in a popup window"
msgstr "Indica se os completados se deben mostrar nunha xanela emerxente"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:352
msgid "Popup set width"
msgstr "O emerxente define a largura"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:353
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will have the same size as the entry"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, a xanela emerxente terá o mesmo tamaño que a entrada"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:371
msgid "Popup single match"
msgstr "Emerxente para coincidencia única"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:372
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will appear for a single match."
msgstr "Se é TRUE, a xanela emerxente aparecerá para unha coincidencia única."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:386
msgid "Inline selection"
msgstr "Selección en liña"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:387
msgid "Your description here"
msgstr "A súa descrición aquí"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:91
msgid "Visible Window"
msgstr "Xanela visíbel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:92
msgid ""
"Whether the event box is visible, as opposed to invisible and only used to "
"trap events."
msgstr ""
"Indica se a caixa de eventos é visíbel, ao contrario da invisíbel; só se usa "
"para capturar eventos."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:98
msgid "Above child"
msgstr "Encima do fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:99
msgid ""
"Whether the event-trapping window of the eventbox is above the window of the "
"child widget as opposed to below it."
msgstr ""
"Indica se a xanela captadora de eventos da caixa de eventos está por encima "
"da xanela do widget fillo ao contrario de por debaixo dela."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:185
msgid "Expanded"
msgstr "Expandido"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:186
msgid "Whether the expander has been opened to reveal the child widget"
msgstr "Indica se o expansor foi aberto para deixar ver o widget fillo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:194
msgid "Text of the expander's label"
msgstr "Texto da etiqueta do expansor"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:209 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:565
msgid "Use markup"
msgstr "Usar a marcación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:210 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:566
msgid "The text of the label includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()"
msgstr "O texto da etiqueta inclúe marcación XML. Vexa pango_parse_markup()"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:218
msgid "Space to put between the label and the child"
msgstr "Espazo para pór entre a etiqueta e o fillo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:227 ../gtk/gtkframe.c:168 ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:216
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1555
msgid "Label widget"
msgstr "Widget etiqueta"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:228
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual expander label"
msgstr "Un widget para mostrar en lugar da etiqueta habitual do expansor"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:234 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1583
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:781
msgid "Expander Size"
msgstr "Tamaño do expansor"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:235 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1584
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:782
msgid "Size of the expander arrow"
msgstr "Tamaño da frecha do expansor"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:244
msgid "Spacing around expander arrow"
msgstr "Espazamento ao redor da frecha do expansor"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:758
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Acción"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:759
msgid "The type of operation that the file selector is performing"
msgstr "O tipo de operación que o selector de ficheiro está realizando"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:765 ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:279
msgid "Filter"
msgstr "Filtro"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:766
msgid "The current filter for selecting which files are displayed"
msgstr "O filtro actual para seleccionar que ficheiros se mostran"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:771
msgid "Local Only"
msgstr "Só local"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:772
msgid "Whether the selected file(s) should be limited to local file: URLs"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os ficheiros seleccionados deben limitarse a URL tipo 'file:' "
"locais"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:777
msgid "Preview widget"
msgstr "Widget de previsualización"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:778
msgid "Application supplied widget for custom previews."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Widget de aplicativo fornecido para previsualizacións personalizadas."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:783
msgid "Preview Widget Active"
msgstr "Widget de previsualización activo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:784
msgid ""
"Whether the application supplied widget for custom previews should be shown."
msgstr ""
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
"Indica se se debería mostrar o widget fornecido polo aplicativo para "
"previsualizacións personalizadas."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:789
msgid "Use Preview Label"
msgstr "Usar a etiqueta de previsualización"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:790
msgid "Whether to display a stock label with the name of the previewed file."
msgstr ""
"Indica se se debe mostrar unha etiqueta co nome do ficheiro previsualizado."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:795
msgid "Extra widget"
msgstr "Widget adicional"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:796
msgid "Application supplied widget for extra options."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Widget de aplicativo fornecido para opcións adicionais."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:801 ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:218
msgid "Select Multiple"
msgstr "Selección múltiple"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:802
msgid "Whether to allow multiple files to be selected"
msgstr "Indica se se permite seleccionar múltiples ficheiros"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:808
msgid "Show Hidden"
msgstr "Mostrar os ocultos"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:809
msgid "Whether the hidden files and folders should be displayed"
msgstr "Indica se os ficheiros e cartafoles ocultos se deben mostrar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:824
msgid "Do overwrite confirmation"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Confirmar a sobrescritura"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:825
msgid ""
"Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite confirmation "
"dialog if necessary."
msgstr ""
"Indica se un selector de ficheiros en modo de gardado presentará un diálogo "
"de confirmación de sobrescritura se é necesario."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:841
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Allow folders creation"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Permitir a creación de cartafoles"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:842
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether a file chooser not in open mode will offer the user to create new "
"folders."
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
"Indica se un selector de ficheiros sen estar en modo aberto lle ofrecerá ao "
"usuario crear cartafoles novos."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:373
msgid "Dialog"
msgstr "Diálogo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:374
msgid "The file chooser dialog to use."
msgstr "O diálogo do selector de ficheiros para usar."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:405
msgid "The title of the file chooser dialog."
msgstr "O título do diálogo de selección de ficheiros."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:419
msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters."
msgstr "A largura desexada do widget de botón, en caracteres."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:96 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:600
msgid "X position"
msgstr "Posición X"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:97 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:601
msgid "X position of child widget"
msgstr "Posición X do widget fillo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:106 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:610
msgid "Y position"
msgstr "Posición Y"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:107 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:611
msgid "Y position of child widget"
msgstr "Posición Y do widget fillo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:141
msgid "The title of the font selection dialog"
msgstr "O título do diálogo de selección do tipo de letra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:156 ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:223
msgid "Font name"
msgstr "Nome do tipo de letra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:157
msgid "The name of the selected font"
msgstr "O nome do tipo de letra seleccionado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:158
msgid "Sans 12"
msgstr "Sans 12"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:173
msgid "Use font in label"
msgstr "Usar o tipo de letra na etiqueta"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:174
msgid "Whether the label is drawn in the selected font"
msgstr "Indica se a etiqueta se debuxa co tipo de letra seleccionado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:189
msgid "Use size in label"
msgstr "Usar o tamaño na etiqueta"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:190
msgid "Whether the label is drawn with the selected font size"
msgstr "Indica se a etiqueta se debuxa co tamaño de tipo de letra seleccionado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:206
msgid "Show style"
msgstr "Mostrar o estilo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:207
msgid "Whether the selected font style is shown in the label"
msgstr "Indica se o estilo de tipo de letra seleccionado se mostra na etiqueta"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:222
msgid "Show size"
msgstr "Mostrar o tamaño"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:223
msgid "Whether selected font size is shown in the label"
msgstr "Indica se o tamaño de tipo de letra seleccionado se mostra na etiqueta"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:224
msgid "The string that represents this font"
msgstr "A cadea que representa este tipo de letra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:230
msgid "Preview text"
msgstr "Previsualizar o texto"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:231
msgid "The text to display in order to demonstrate the selected font"
msgstr ""
"O texto que mostrar como exemplo para indicar o tipo de letra seleccionado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:127
msgid "Text of the frame's label"
msgstr "Texto da etiqueta do marco"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:134
msgid "Label xalign"
msgstr "Aliñamento x da etiqueta"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:135
msgid "The horizontal alignment of the label"
msgstr "O aliñamento horizontal da etiqueta"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:143
msgid "Label yalign"
msgstr "Aliñamento y da etiqueta"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:144
msgid "The vertical alignment of the label"
msgstr "O aliñamento vertical da etiqueta"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:152 ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:190
msgid "Deprecated property, use shadow_type instead"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Propiedade anticuada; use shadow_type no seu lugar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:159
msgid "Frame shadow"
msgstr "Sombra do marco"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:160
msgid "Appearance of the frame border"
msgstr "Aparencia do bordo do marco"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:169
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual frame label"
msgstr "Un widget para mostrar en lugar da etiqueta de marco habitual"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:198
msgid "Appearance of the shadow that surrounds the container"
msgstr "Aparencia da sombra que rodea o contedor"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:206
msgid "Handle position"
msgstr "Posición do manipulador"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:207
msgid "Position of the handle relative to the child widget"
msgstr "Posición do manipulador en relación ao widget fillo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:215
msgid "Snap edge"
msgstr "Axustar ao bordo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:216
msgid ""
"Side of the handlebox that's lined up with the docking point to dock the "
"handlebox"
msgstr ""
"Lado da caixa manipuladora que está aliñado co punto de ancoraxe, para "
"ancorar a caixa manipuladora"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:224
msgid "Snap edge set"
msgstr "Definición do axuste de bordo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:225
msgid ""
"Whether to use the value from the snap_edge property or a value derived from "
"handle_position"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se usa o valor da propiedade snap_edge ou un valor derivado de "
"handle_position"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:232
msgid "Child Detached"
msgstr "Fillo separado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:233
msgid ""
"A boolean value indicating whether the handlebox's child is attached or "
"detached."
msgstr ""
"Un valor booleano que indica se a caixa de manipulación do fillo está "
"separada ou anexada."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:561
msgid "Selection mode"
msgstr "Modo de selección"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:562
msgid "The selection mode"
msgstr "O modo de selección"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:580
msgid "Pixbuf column"
msgstr "Columna de pixbuf"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:581
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the icon pixbuf from"
msgstr "Columna modelo usada para recuperar o pixbuf da icona"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:599
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text from"
msgstr "Columna modelo usada para recuperar o texto"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:618
msgid "Markup column"
msgstr "Columna de marcación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:619
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text if using Pango markup"
msgstr ""
"Columna modelo usada para recuperar o texto se se emprega a marcación Pango"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:626
msgid "Icon View Model"
msgstr "Modelo de visualización de icona"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:627
msgid "The model for the icon view"
msgstr "O modelo para a visualización de icona"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:643
msgid "Number of columns"
msgstr "Número de columnas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:644
msgid "Number of columns to display"
msgstr "O número de columnas que se mostran"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:661
msgid "Width for each item"
msgstr "Largura de cada elemento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:662
msgid "The width used for each item"
msgstr "A largura usada para cada elemento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:678
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells of an item"
msgstr "Espazo que se introduce entre as celas dun elemento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:693
msgid "Row Spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de fila"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:694
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid rows"
msgstr "Espazo que se introduce entre as filas da grade"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:709
msgid "Column Spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de columna"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:710
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid columns"
msgstr "Espazo que se introduce entre as columnas da grade"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:725
msgid "Margin"
msgstr "Marxe"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:726
msgid "Space which is inserted at the edges of the icon view"
msgstr "Espazo que se insire nos bordos da visualización de icona"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:742
msgid ""
"How the text and icon of each item are positioned relative to each other"
msgstr ""
"Como se sitúan o texto e a icona de cada elemento en relación un ao outro"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:758 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:616
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:308
msgid "Reorderable"
msgstr "Reordenábel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:759 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:617
msgid "View is reorderable"
msgstr "A visualización é reordenábel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:766 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:767
msgid "Tooltip Column"
msgstr "Columna de indicación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:767
msgid "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the items"
msgstr ""
"A columna do modelo que contén os textos de indicación para os elementos"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:784
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Item Padding"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Recheo de ítem"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:785
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Padding around icon view items"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Recheo arredor dos ítems de iconas"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:794
msgid "Selection Box Color"
msgstr "Cor da caixa de selección"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:795
msgid "Color of the selection box"
msgstr "Cor da caixa de selección"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:801
msgid "Selection Box Alpha"
msgstr "Alfa da caixa de selección"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:802
msgid "Opacity of the selection box"
msgstr "Opacidade da caixa de selección"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:235 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:216
msgid "Pixbuf"
msgstr "Pixbuf"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:236 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:217
msgid "A GdkPixbuf to display"
msgstr "Un GdkPixbuf para mostrar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:243
msgid "Pixmap"
msgstr "Mapa de píxeles"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:244
msgid "A GdkPixmap to display"
msgstr "Un GdkPixmap para mostrar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:251 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:301
msgid "Image"
msgstr "Imaxe"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:252
msgid "A GdkImage to display"
msgstr "Un GdkImage para mostrar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:259
msgid "Mask"
msgstr "Máscara"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:260
msgid "Mask bitmap to use with GdkImage or GdkPixmap"
msgstr ""
"A máscara do mapa de bits que se vai usar con GdkImage ou con GdkPixmap"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:267 ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:290
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:224
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "Nome do ficheiro"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:268 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:225
msgid "Filename to load and display"
msgstr "Nome de ficheiro para cargar e mostrar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:277 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:233
msgid "Stock ID for a stock image to display"
msgstr "ID de inventario para unha imaxe de inventario para mostrar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:284
msgid "Icon set"
msgstr "Definición da icona"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:285
msgid "Icon set to display"
msgstr "Definición da icona para mostrar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:292 ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:230 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:485
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:995
msgid "Icon size"
msgstr "Tamaño da icona"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:293
msgid "Symbolic size to use for stock icon, icon set or named icon"
msgstr ""
"Tamaño simbólico que usar para a icona de inventario, conxunto de iconas ou "
"icona con nome"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:309
msgid "Pixel size"
msgstr "Tamaño do píxel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:310
msgid "Pixel size to use for named icon"
msgstr "Tamaño do píxel que usar para a icona con nome"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:318
msgid "Animation"
msgstr "Animación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:319
msgid "GdkPixbufAnimation to display"
msgstr "GdkPixbufAnimation para mostrar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:359 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:264
msgid "Storage type"
msgstr "Tipo de almacenamento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:360 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:265
msgid "The representation being used for image data"
msgstr "A representación empregada para as informacións de imaxe"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:138
msgid "Child widget to appear next to the menu text"
msgstr "Widget fillo que aparecerá ao lado do texto de menú"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:153
msgid "Whether to use the label text to create a stock menu item"
msgstr ""
"Indica se hai que usar a etiqueta de texto para crear un elemento de menú de "
"inventario"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:186 ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:527
msgid "Accel Group"
msgstr "Grupo de teclas rápidas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:187
msgid "The Accel Group to use for stock accelerator keys"
msgstr "O grupo de teclas rápidas para usar nas teclas rápidas de inventario"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:192
msgid "Show menu images"
msgstr "Mostrar as imaxes de menú"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:193
msgid "Whether images should be shown in menus"
msgstr "Indica se se deben mostrar ou non as imaxes nos menús"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:377 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:214
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Message Type"
msgstr "Tipo de mensaxe"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:378 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:215
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "The type of message"
msgstr "O tipo de mensaxe"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:433
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the content area"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Largura do bordo ao redor da área de contido"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:450
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between elements of the area"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "O espazamento entre os elementos da área de acción"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:482
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the action area"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Largura do bordo arredor da área de acción"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinvisible.c:92 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:663
msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed"
msgstr "A pantalla onde se mostrará esta xanela"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:552
msgid "The text of the label"
msgstr "O texto da etiqueta"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:559
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label"
msgstr "Unha lista de atributos de estilos para aplicar ao texto da etiqueta"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:580 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:358 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:678
msgid "Justification"
msgstr "Xustificación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:581
msgid ""
"The alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. "
"This does NOT affect the alignment of the label within its allocation. See "
"GtkMisc::xalign for that"
msgstr ""
"O aliñamento das liñas no texto da etiqueta en relación a cada unha. Isto "
"NON afecta ao aliñamento da etiqueta dentro da súa asignación Ver GtkMisc::"
"xalign para iso"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:589
msgid "Pattern"
msgstr "Patrón"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:590
msgid ""
"A string with _ characters in positions correspond to characters in the text "
"to underline"
msgstr ""
"Unha cadea con caracteres _ en posicións correspondentes a caracteres no "
"texto para subliñar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:597
msgid "Line wrap"
msgstr "Axuste de liña"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:598
msgid "If set, wrap lines if the text becomes too wide"
msgstr "Se se define, axusta a liña se o texto se volve demasiado largo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:613
msgid "Line wrap mode"
msgstr "Modo de axuste de liña"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:614
msgid "If wrap is set, controls how linewrapping is done"
msgstr "Se se estabelece o axuste, controla como se fai o axuste de liña"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:621
msgid "Selectable"
msgstr "Seleccionábel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:622
msgid "Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse"
msgstr "Indica se o texto da etiqueta pode ser seleccionado co rato"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:628
msgid "Mnemonic key"
msgstr "Tecla mnemónica"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:629
msgid "The mnemonic accelerator key for this label"
msgstr "A tecla rápida mnemónica para esta etiqueta"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:637
msgid "Mnemonic widget"
msgstr "Widget mnemónico"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:638
msgid "The widget to be activated when the label's mnemonic key is pressed"
msgstr "O widget que se activará cando se prema a tecla mnemónica da etiqueta"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:684
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have "
"enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
"O lugar preferido para a elisión da cadea, se a etiqueta non ten suficiente "
"espazo para mostrar a cadea completa"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:725
msgid "Single Line Mode"
msgstr "Modo de liña única"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:726
msgid "Whether the label is in single line mode"
msgstr "Indica se a etiqueta está no modo de liña única"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:743
msgid "Angle"
msgstr "Ángulo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:744
msgid "Angle at which the label is rotated"
msgstr "Ángulo sobre o que se rota a etiqueta"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:765
msgid "Maximum Width In Characters"
msgstr "Largura máxima en caracteres"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:766
msgid "The desired maximum width of the label, in characters"
msgstr "A largura máxima desexada da etiqueta, en caracteres"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:784
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Track visited links"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Rexistrar as ligazóns visitadas"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:785
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Whether visited links should be tracked"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se as ligazóns visitadas deberían ser rexistradas"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:906
msgid "Whether to select the contents of a selectable label when it is focused"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se seleccionan os contidos dunha etiqueta seleccionábel cando está "
"enfocada"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:620 ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:144
msgid "Horizontal adjustment"
msgstr "Axuste horizontal"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:621 ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:234
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the horizontal position"
msgstr "O GtkAdjustment para a posición horizontal"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:628 ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:152
msgid "Vertical adjustment"
msgstr "Axuste vertical"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:629 ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:241
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the vertical position"
msgstr "O GtkAdjustment para a posición vertical"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:636 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:208
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
msgid "Width"
msgstr "Largura"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:637
msgid "The width of the layout"
msgstr "A largura da disposición"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:645
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
msgid "Height"
msgstr "Altura"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:646
msgid "The height of the layout"
msgstr "A altura da disposición"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:143
msgid "URI"
msgstr "URI"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:144
msgid "The URI bound to this button"
msgstr "O URI vinculado a este botón"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:158
msgid "Visited"
msgstr "Visitada"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:159
msgid "Whether this link has been visited."
msgstr "Indica se esta ligazón foi visitada."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:513
msgid "The currently selected menu item"
msgstr "O elemento de menú actualmente seleccionado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:528
msgid "The accel group holding accelerators for the menu"
msgstr "O grupo de teclas rápidas que contén as teclas rápidas para o menú"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:542 ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:289
msgid "Accel Path"
msgstr "Camiño de teclas rápidas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:543
msgid "An accel path used to conveniently construct accel paths of child items"
msgstr ""
"Un camiño de teclas rápidas usado para construír adecuadamente os camiños de "
"teclas rápidas dos elementos fillo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:559
msgid "Attach Widget"
msgstr "Widget anexado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:560
msgid "The widget the menu is attached to"
msgstr "O widget ao que está anexado o menú"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:568
msgid ""
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-"
"off"
msgstr ""
"Un título que o xestor de xanelas poderá mostrar cando este menú estea "
"desprazado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:582
msgid "Tearoff State"
msgstr "Estado de desprazamento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:583
msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off"
msgstr "Un booleano que indica se o menú está desprazado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:597
msgid "Monitor"
msgstr "Monitor"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:598
msgid "The monitor the menu will be popped up on"
msgstr "O monitor en que emerxerá o menú"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:604
msgid "Vertical Padding"
msgstr "Recheo vertical"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:605
msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu"
msgstr "O espazo adicional na parte superior e inferior do menú"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:627
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
msgid "Reserve Toggle Size"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Reservar o tamaño de alternancia"
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:628
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
msgid ""
"A boolean that indicates whether the menu reserves space for toggles and "
"icons"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Un booleano que indica se o menú reserva espazo para alternancias e iconas"
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:634
msgid "Horizontal Padding"
msgstr "Recheo horizontal"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:635
msgid "Extra space at the left and right edges of the menu"
msgstr "O espazo adicional nos bordos dereito e esquerdo do menú"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:643
msgid "Vertical Offset"
msgstr "Desprazamento vertical"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:644
msgid ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"vertically"
msgstr ""
"Cando o menú é un submenú, colóqueo verticalmente con este número de píxeles "
"de desprazamento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:652
msgid "Horizontal Offset"
msgstr "Desprazamento horizontal"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:653
msgid ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"horizontally"
msgstr ""
"Cando o menú é un submenú, colóqueo horizontalmente con este número de "
"píxeles de desprazamento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:661
msgid "Double Arrows"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Frechas dobres"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:662
msgid "When scrolling, always show both arrows."
msgstr "Mostrar sempre ambas as frechas ao desprazar."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:675
msgid "Arrow Placement"
msgstr "Colocación da frecha"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:676
msgid "Indicates where scroll arrows should be placed"
msgstr "Indica onde se deberían colocar as frechas de desprazamento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:684
msgid "Left Attach"
msgstr "Anexar á esquerda"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:685 ../gtk/gtktable.c:190
msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to"
msgstr "A cantidade de columnas para anexar ao lado esquerdo do fillo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:692
msgid "Right Attach"
msgstr "Anexar á dereita"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:693
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to"
msgstr "A cantidade de columnas para anexar ao lado dereito do fillo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:700
msgid "Top Attach"
msgstr "Anexar arriba"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:701
msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to"
msgstr "O número de filas para anexar encima do fillo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:708
msgid "Bottom Attach"
msgstr "Anexar abaixo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:709 ../gtk/gtktable.c:211
msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to"
msgstr "O número de filas para anexar debaixo do fillo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:723
msgid "Arbitrary constant to scale down the size of the scroll arrow"
msgstr ""
"Unha constante arbitraria para escalar para abaixo o tamaño da frecha de "
"desprazamento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:810
msgid "Can change accelerators"
msgstr "Pode cambiar as teclas rápidas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:811
msgid ""
"Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as teclas rápidas do menú poden ser cambiadas premendo unha tecla "
"sobre o elemento de menú"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:816
msgid "Delay before submenus appear"
msgstr "Atraso antes de que os submenús aparezan"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:817
msgid ""
"Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear"
msgstr ""
"Tempo mínimo no que o punteiro debe permanecer sobre un elemento de menú "
"antes de que o submenú apareza"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:824
msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu"
msgstr "Atraso antes de ocultar un submenú"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:825
msgid ""
"The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the "
"submenu"
msgstr ""
"Tempo antes de ocultar un submenú cando o punteiro se estea a mover cara ao "
"submenú"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:162
msgid "Pack direction"
msgstr "Dirección do empaquetado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:163
msgid "The pack direction of the menubar"
msgstr "A dirección do empaquetado da barra de menú"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:179
msgid "Child Pack direction"
msgstr "Dirección do empaquetado fillo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:180
msgid "The child pack direction of the menubar"
msgstr "A dirección do empaquetado fillo da barra de menú"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:189
msgid "Style of bevel around the menubar"
msgstr "Estilo do bisel ao redor da barra de menús"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:196 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:535
msgid "Internal padding"
msgstr "Recheo interno"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:197
msgid "Amount of border space between the menubar shadow and the menu items"
msgstr ""
"Cantidade de espazo do bordo entre a sombra da barra de menús e os elementos "
"de menú"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:204
msgid "Delay before drop down menus appear"
msgstr "Atraso antes de que os menús despregábeis aparezan"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:205
msgid "Delay before the submenus of a menu bar appear"
msgstr "Atraso antes de que os submenús dunha barra de menú aparezan"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:256
msgid "Right Justified"
msgstr "Xustificado á dereita"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:257
msgid ""
"Sets whether the menu item appears justified at the right side of a menu bar"
msgstr ""
"Define se o elemento de menú aparece xustificado ao lado dereito dunha barra "
"de menú"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:271
msgid "Submenu"
msgstr "Submenú"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:272
msgid "The submenu attached to the menu item, or NULL if it has none"
msgstr "O submenú anexado ao elemento do menú, ou NULL se non ten ningún"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:290
msgid "Sets the accelerator path of the menu item"
msgstr "Define o camiño de teclas rápidas dun elemento de menú"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:305
msgid "The text for the child label"
msgstr "O texto da etiqueta filla"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:368
msgid "Amount of space used up by arrow, relative to the menu item's font size"
msgstr ""
"A cantidade de espazo usado pola frecha, relativa ao tamaño do tipo de letra "
"do elemento de menú"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:381
msgid "Width in Characters"
msgstr "Largura en caracteres"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:382
msgid "The minimum desired width of the menu item in characters"
msgstr "A largura mínima desexada do elemento de menú en caracteres"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenushell.c:380
msgid "Take Focus"
msgstr "Obtén o foco"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenushell.c:381
msgid "A boolean that determines whether the menu grabs the keyboard focus"
msgstr "Un booleano que determina se o menú captura o foco do teclado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:240
msgid "Menu"
msgstr "Menú"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:241
msgid "The dropdown menu"
msgstr "O menú despregábel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:184
msgid "Image/label border"
msgstr "Bordo da imaxe ou etiqueta"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:185
msgid "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialog"
msgstr "Largura do bordo ao redor da etiqueta e a imaxe no diálogo de mensaxes"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:200
msgid "Use separator"
msgstr "Usar un separador"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:201
msgid ""
"Whether to put a separator between the message dialog's text and the buttons"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se pon un separador entre o texto do diálogo de mensaxe e os botóns"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:222
msgid "Message Buttons"
msgstr "Botóns de mensaxe"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:223
msgid "The buttons shown in the message dialog"
msgstr "Os botóns mostrados no diálogo de mensaxe"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:240
msgid "The primary text of the message dialog"
msgstr "O texto primario do diálogo de mensaxe"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:255
msgid "Use Markup"
msgstr "Usar marcación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:256
msgid "The primary text of the title includes Pango markup."
msgstr "O texto primario do título inclúe a marcación Pango."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:270
msgid "Secondary Text"
msgstr "Texto secundario"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:271
msgid "The secondary text of the message dialog"
msgstr "O texto secundario do diálogo de mensaxe"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:286
msgid "Use Markup in secondary"
msgstr "Usar marcación no secundario"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:287
msgid "The secondary text includes Pango markup."
msgstr "O texto secundario inclúe a marcación Pango."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:302
msgid "The image"
msgstr "A imaxe"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:318
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
msgid "Message area"
msgstr "Área do mensaxes"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:319
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
msgid "GtkVBox that holds the dialog's primary and secondary labels"
msgstr "GtkVBox que contén as etiquetas primaria e secundaria do diálogo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:91
msgid "Y align"
msgstr "Aliñamento Y"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:92
msgid "The vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)"
msgstr "O aliñamento vertical, desde 0 (superior) até 1 (inferior)"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:101
msgid "X pad"
msgstr "Recheo X"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:102
msgid ""
"The amount of space to add on the left and right of the widget, in pixels"
msgstr ""
"A cantidade de espazos, en píxeles, para engadir á esquerda e dereita do "
"widget"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:111
msgid "Y pad"
msgstr "Recheo Y"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:112
msgid ""
"The amount of space to add on the top and bottom of the widget, in pixels"
msgstr ""
"A cantidade de espazos, en píxeles, para engadir na parte superior e "
"inferior do widget"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:159
msgid "Parent"
msgstr "Pai"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:160
msgid "The parent window"
msgstr "A xanela pai"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:167
msgid "Is Showing"
msgstr "Estase mostrando"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:168
msgid "Are we showing a dialog"
msgstr "Se estamos mostrando un diálogo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:176
msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed."
msgstr "A pantalla onde esta xanela se mostrará."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:603
msgid "Page"
msgstr "Páxina"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:604
msgid "The index of the current page"
msgstr "O índice da páxina actual"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:612
msgid "Tab Position"
msgstr "Posición do separador"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:613
msgid "Which side of the notebook holds the tabs"
msgstr "Que lado do caderno contén os separadores"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:620
msgid "Show Tabs"
msgstr "Mostrar separadores"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:621
msgid "Whether tabs should be shown or not"
msgstr "Indica se os separadores deben mostrarse ou non"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:627
msgid "Show Border"
msgstr "Mostrar bordo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:628
msgid "Whether the border should be shown or not"
msgstr "Indica se o bordo debe mostrarse ou non"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:634
msgid "Scrollable"
msgstr "Desprazábel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:635
msgid "If TRUE, scroll arrows are added if there are too many tabs to fit"
msgstr ""
"Se é TRUE, engádense frechas de desprazamento se hai demasiados separadores "
"para encaixar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:641
msgid "Enable Popup"
msgstr "Activar o menú emerxente"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:642
msgid ""
"If TRUE, pressing the right mouse button on the notebook pops up a menu that "
"you can use to go to a page"
msgstr ""
"Se é TRUE, premendo o botón dereito do rato no caderno emerxe un menú que "
"pode usar para ir a unha páxina"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:656 ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:135
#: ../gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:162 ../gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c:360
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c:65
msgid "Group"
msgstr "Grupo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:657
msgid "Group for tabs drag and drop"
msgstr "Grupo para arrastrar e soltar os separadores"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:663
msgid "Tab label"
msgstr "Etiqueta de separador"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:664
msgid "The string displayed on the child's tab label"
msgstr "A cadea mostrada na etiqueta do separador fillo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:670
msgid "Menu label"
msgstr "Etiqueta de menú"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:671
msgid "The string displayed in the child's menu entry"
msgstr "A cadea mostrada na entrada de menú filla"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:684
msgid "Tab expand"
msgstr "Expansión do separador"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:685
msgid "Whether to expand the child's tab or not"
msgstr "Indica se se expanden os separadores fillos ou non"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:691
msgid "Tab fill"
msgstr "Recheo de separador"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:692
msgid "Whether the child's tab should fill the allocated area or not"
msgstr "Indica se os separadores fillos deberían encher a área asignada ou non"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:698
msgid "Tab pack type"
msgstr "Tipo de empaquetado de separador"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:705
msgid "Tab reorderable"
msgstr "Separador reordenábel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:706
msgid "Whether the tab is reorderable by user action or not"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o separador se pode ou non reordenar por unha acción do usuario"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:712
msgid "Tab detachable"
msgstr "Separador desprazábel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:713
msgid "Whether the tab is detachable"
msgstr "Indica se o separador é desprazábel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:728 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:80
msgid "Secondary backward stepper"
msgstr "Paso de retroceso secundario"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:729
msgid ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
msgstr ""
"Mostra un segundo botón de frecha de retroceso no extremo oposto da área de "
"tabulación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:744 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:87
msgid "Secondary forward stepper"
msgstr "Paso de avance secundario"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:745
msgid ""
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
msgstr ""
"Mostra un segundo botón de frecha de avance no extremo oposto da área de "
"tabulación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:759 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:66
msgid "Backward stepper"
msgstr "Paso de retroceso"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:760 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:67
msgid "Display the standard backward arrow button"
msgstr "Mostrar o botón estándar de frecha de retroceso"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:774 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:73
msgid "Forward stepper"
msgstr "Paso de avance"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:775 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:74
msgid "Display the standard forward arrow button"
msgstr "Mostrar o botón estándar de frecha de avance"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:789
msgid "Tab overlap"
msgstr "Superposición de separador"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:790
msgid "Size of tab overlap area"
msgstr "Tamaño da área de superposición do separador"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:805
msgid "Tab curvature"
msgstr "Curvatura do separador"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:806
msgid "Size of tab curvature"
msgstr "Tamaño da curvatura do separador"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:822
msgid "Arrow spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de frechas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:823
msgid "Scroll arrow spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento das frechas de desprazamento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkorientable.c:63
msgid "The orientation of the orientable"
msgstr "A orientación do orientábel"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:269
msgid ""
"Position of paned separator in pixels (0 means all the way to the left/top)"
msgstr ""
"Posición do separador de sección en píxeles (0 significa todo o traxecto "
"cara á esquerda ou arriba)"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:278
msgid "Position Set"
msgstr "Definición de posición"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:279
msgid "TRUE if the Position property should be used"
msgstr "É TRUE se a propiedade de posición debe ser usada"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:285
msgid "Handle Size"
msgstr "Tamaño do manipulador"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:286
msgid "Width of handle"
msgstr "Largura do manipulador"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:302
msgid "Minimal Position"
msgstr "Posición mínima"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:303
msgid "Smallest possible value for the \"position\" property"
msgstr "O valor máis pequeno posíbel para a propiedade \"posición\""
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:320
msgid "Maximal Position"
msgstr "Posición máxima"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:321
msgid "Largest possible value for the \"position\" property"
msgstr "O valor máis grande posíbel para a propiedade \"posición\""
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:338
msgid "Resize"
msgstr "Redimensionar"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:339
msgid "If TRUE, the child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, o fillo expándese e redúcese xunto coa sección do widget"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:354
msgid "Shrink"
msgstr "Reducir"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:355
msgid "If TRUE, the child can be made smaller than its requisition"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, o fillo pode facerse máis pequeno que a súa solicitude"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkplug.c:169 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:315
msgid "Embedded"
msgstr "Incorporado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkplug.c:170
msgid "Whether or not the plug is embedded"
msgstr "Indica se o conectador está incorporado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkplug.c:184
msgid "Socket Window"
msgstr "Xanela de conectador"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkplug.c:185
msgid "The window of the socket the plug is embedded in"
msgstr "A xanela do conectador en que o obxecto \"plug\" está incorporado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:126
msgid "Name of the printer"
msgstr "Nome da impresora"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:132
msgid "Backend"
msgstr "Backend"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:133
msgid "Backend for the printer"
msgstr "Backend para a impresora"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:139
msgid "Is Virtual"
msgstr "É virtual"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:140
msgid "FALSE if this represents a real hardware printer"
msgstr "É FALSE se isto representa unha impresora real de hardware"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:146
msgid "Accepts PDF"
msgstr "Acepta PDF"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:147
msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PDF"
msgstr "É TRUE se esta impresora pode aceptar PDF"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:153
msgid "Accepts PostScript"
msgstr "Acepta PostScript"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:154
msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PostScript"
msgstr "É TRUE se esta impresora acepta PostScript"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:160
msgid "State Message"
msgstr "Mensaxe de estado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:161
msgid "String giving the current state of the printer"
msgstr "Unha cadea que mostra o estado actual da impresora"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:167
msgid "Location"
msgstr "Localización"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:168
msgid "The location of the printer"
msgstr "A localización da impresora"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:175
msgid "The icon name to use for the printer"
msgstr "O nome da icona que usar para a impresora"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:181
msgid "Job Count"
msgstr "Conta de traballos"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:182
msgid "Number of jobs queued in the printer"
msgstr "O número de traballos postos na fila de impresión"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:200
msgid "Paused Printer"
msgstr "Impresora detida"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:201
msgid "TRUE if this printer is paused"
msgstr "É TRUE se a impresora está detida"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:214
msgid "Accepting Jobs"
msgstr "Acepta traballos"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:215
msgid "TRUE if this printer is accepting new jobs"
msgstr "É TRUE se esta impresora acepta traballos novos"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:122
msgid "Source option"
msgstr "Opción de orixe"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:123
msgid "The PrinterOption backing this widget"
msgstr "A PrinterOption que serve de apoio para este widget"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:116
msgid "Title of the print job"
msgstr "Título do traballo de impresión"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:124
msgid "Printer"
msgstr "Impresora"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:125
msgid "Printer to print the job to"
msgstr "Impresora na que imprimir o traballo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:133
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Configuracións"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:134
msgid "Printer settings"
msgstr "Configuracións da impresora"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:142 ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:143
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:298
msgid "Page Setup"
msgstr "Configuración da páxina"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:151 ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1133
msgid "Track Print Status"
msgstr "Seguimento do estado de impresión"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:152
msgid ""
"TRUE if the print job will continue to emit status-changed signals after the "
"print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
msgstr ""
"É TRUE se a operación de impresión continúa emitindo sinais de cambio de "
"estado despois de que os datos de impresión sexan enviados á impresora ou ao "
"servidor de impresoras."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1005
msgid "Default Page Setup"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Configuración de páxina predefinida"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1006
msgid "The GtkPageSetup used by default"
msgstr "A GtkPageSetup que se usa por defecto"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1024 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:316
msgid "Print Settings"
msgstr "Configuracións da impresora"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1025 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:317
msgid "The GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialog"
msgstr "Os GtkPrintSettings que se usan para inicializar o diálogo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1043
msgid "Job Name"
msgstr "Nome do traballo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1044
msgid "A string used for identifying the print job."
msgstr "Unha cadea que se usa para identificar o traballo de impresión."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1068
msgid "Number of Pages"
msgstr "Número de páxinas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1069
msgid "The number of pages in the document."
msgstr "O número de páxinas do documento."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1090 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:306
msgid "Current Page"
msgstr "Páxina actual"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1091 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:307
msgid "The current page in the document"
msgstr "A páxina actual do documento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1112
msgid "Use full page"
msgstr "Usar a páxina completa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1113
msgid ""
"TRUE if the origin of the context should be at the corner of the page and "
"not the corner of the imageable area"
msgstr ""
"É TRUE se a orixe do contexto debe estar na esquina da páxina e non na "
"esquina da área de imaxe"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1134
msgid ""
"TRUE if the print operation will continue to report on the print job status "
"after the print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
msgstr ""
"É TRUE se a operación de impresión continúa informando ao traballo de "
"impresión despois de que os datos de impresión sexan enviados á impresora ou "
"ao servidor de impresoras."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1151
msgid "Unit"
msgstr "Unidade"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1152
msgid "The unit in which distances can be measured in the context"
msgstr "A unidade na que se poden medir as distancias no contexto"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1169
msgid "Show Dialog"
msgstr "Mostrar diálogo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1170
msgid "TRUE if a progress dialog is shown while printing."
msgstr "É TRUE se se mostra un diálogo de progreso ao imprimir."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1193
msgid "Allow Async"
msgstr "Permitir asíncrono"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1194
msgid "TRUE if print process may run asynchronous."
msgstr "É TRUE se o proceso de impresión se pode executar asincronamente."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1216 ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1217
msgid "Export filename"
msgstr "Exportar nome de ficheiro"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1231
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Estado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1232
msgid "The status of the print operation"
msgstr "O estado da operación de impresión"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1252
msgid "Status String"
msgstr "Cadea de estado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1253
msgid "A human-readable description of the status"
msgstr "Unha descrición lexíbel por humanos do estado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1271
msgid "Custom tab label"
msgstr "Etiqueta de separador personalizado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1272
msgid "Label for the tab containing custom widgets."
msgstr "Etiqueta para o separador que contén widgets personalizados."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1287 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:341
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Support Selection"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Permite a selección"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1288
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the print operation will support print of selection."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "TRUE se a operación de impresión permitirá a impresión da selección."
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1304 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:349
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Has Selection"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Ten unha selección"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1305
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if a selection exists."
2010-05-14 07:47:29 +00:00
msgstr "TRUE se existe unha selección."
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1320 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:357
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Embed Page Setup"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Configuración da páxina incorporada"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1321
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintDialog"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
"TRUE se as caixas de combinación da configuración de páxina están "
"incorporados no GtkPrintDialog"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1342
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Number of Pages To Print"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Número de páxinas para imprimir"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1343
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "The number of pages that will be printed."
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "O número de páxinas que serán impresas."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:299
msgid "The GtkPageSetup to use"
msgstr "O GtkPageSetup que usar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:324
msgid "Selected Printer"
msgstr "Impresora seleccionada"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:325
msgid "The GtkPrinter which is selected"
msgstr "O GtkPrinter que está seleccionado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:332
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Manual Capabilites"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Capacidades manuais"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:333
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Capabilities the application can handle"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Capacidades que o aplicativo pode manipular"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:342
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the dialog supports selection"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Se a caixa de diálogo permite a selección"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:350
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the application has a selection"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Cando o aplicativo ten unha seleccion"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:358
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintUnixDialog"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
"TRUE se as caixas de combinación da configuración de páxina están "
"incorporadas no GtkPrintUnixDialog"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:127
msgid "Fraction"
msgstr "Fracción"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:128
msgid "The fraction of total work that has been completed"
msgstr "A fracción do traballo total que se completou"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:135
msgid "Pulse Step"
msgstr "Paso de pulso"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:136
msgid "The fraction of total progress to move the bouncing block when pulsed"
msgstr ""
"A fracción do progreso total para mover o bloque rebotador cando se preme"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:144
msgid "Text to be displayed in the progress bar"
msgstr "Texto que se mostrará na barra de progreso"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:151
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
msgid "Show text"
msgstr "Mostrar texto"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:152
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
msgid "Whether the progress is shown as text."
msgstr "Indica se o progreso se mostra como texto."
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:174
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progress bar does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string, if at all."
msgstr ""
"O lugar preferido para elidir a cadea, se a barra de progreso non ten espazo "
"suficiente para mostrar a cadea completa."
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:181
msgid "XSpacing"
msgstr "EspazamentoX"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:182
msgid "Extra spacing applied to the width of a progress bar."
msgstr "Espazo extra aplicado á largura dunha barra de progreso."
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:187
msgid "YSpacing"
msgstr "EspazamentoY"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:188
msgid "Extra spacing applied to the height of a progress bar."
msgstr "Un espazamento extra aplicado á altura dunha barra de progreso."
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:201
msgid "Min horizontal bar width"
msgstr "Largura horizontal mínima da barra"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:202
msgid "The minimum horizontal width of the progress bar"
msgstr "A largura horizontal mínima da barra de progreso"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:214
msgid "Min horizontal bar height"
msgstr "Altura horizontal mínima da barra"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:215
msgid "Minimum horizontal height of the progress bar"
msgstr "A altura horizontal mínima da barra de progreso"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:227
msgid "Min vertical bar width"
msgstr "Largura vertical mínima da barra"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:228
msgid "The minimum vertical width of the progress bar"
msgstr "A largura vertical mínima da barra de progreso"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:240
msgid "Min vertical bar height"
msgstr "Altura vertical mínima da barra"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:241
msgid "The minimum vertical height of the progress bar"
msgstr "A altura vertical mínima da barra de progreso"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:118
msgid "The value"
msgstr "O valor"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:119
msgid ""
"The value returned by gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() when this action "
"is the current action of its group."
msgstr ""
"O valor devolto por gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() cando esta acción é "
"a acción actual do seu grupo."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:136
msgid "The radio action whose group this action belongs to."
msgstr "O botón de opción a cuxo grupo pertence esta acción."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:151
msgid "The current value"
msgstr "O valor actual"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:152
msgid ""
"The value property of the currently active member of the group to which this "
"action belongs."
msgstr ""
"A propiedade do valor do membro actualmente activo do grupo ao que esta "
"acción pertence."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:163
msgid "The radio button whose group this widget belongs to."
msgstr "O botón de opción a cuxo grupo pertence este widget."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c:361
msgid "The radio menu item whose group this widget belongs to."
msgstr "O elemento do menú de opción a cuxo grupo pertence este widget."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c:66
msgid "The radio tool button whose group this button belongs to."
msgstr "O botón de ferramenta de opción a cuxo grupo pertence este botón."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:390
msgid "Update policy"
msgstr "Política de actualización"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:391
msgid "How the range should be updated on the screen"
msgstr "Como se debe actualizar o intervalo na pantalla"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:400
msgid "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this range object"
msgstr "O GtkAdjustment que contén o valor actual deste intervalo de obxectos"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:407
msgid "Inverted"
msgstr "Invertido"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:408
msgid "Invert direction slider moves to increase range value"
msgstr ""
"Inverter a dirección en que se move o control desprazábel para incrementar o "
"valor do intervalo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:415
msgid "Lower stepper sensitivity"
msgstr "Sensibilidade de paso inferior"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:416
msgid ""
"The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's lower "
"side"
msgstr ""
"A política de sensibilidade para o paso que apunta ao lado máis baixo do "
"axuste"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:424
msgid "Upper stepper sensitivity"
msgstr "Sensibilidade do paso superior"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:425
msgid ""
"The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's upper "
"side"
msgstr ""
"A política de sensibilidade para o paso que apunta ao lado máis alto do "
"axuste"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:442
msgid "Show Fill Level"
msgstr "Mostrar nivel de recheo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:443
msgid "Whether to display a fill level indicator graphics on trough."
msgstr ""
"Indica se se debe mostrar o indicador gráfico de nivel de recheo mentres se "
"enche."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:459
msgid "Restrict to Fill Level"
msgstr "Restrinxir ao nivel de recheo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:460
msgid "Whether to restrict the upper boundary to the fill level."
msgstr "Indica se se debe restrinxir o bordo superior ao nivel de recheo."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:475
msgid "Fill Level"
msgstr "Nivel de recheo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:476
msgid "The fill level."
msgstr "O nivel de recheo."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:484
msgid "Slider Width"
msgstr "Largura do control desprazábel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:485
msgid "Width of scrollbar or scale thumb"
msgstr "Largura da barra de desprazamento ou do indicador de escala"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:492
msgid "Trough Border"
msgstr "Bordo do canal"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:493
msgid "Spacing between thumb/steppers and outer trough bevel"
msgstr ""
"Espazamento entre o indicador de escala ou os pasos e o bisel do canal "
"exterior"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:500
msgid "Stepper Size"
msgstr "Tamaño do paso"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:501
msgid "Length of step buttons at ends"
msgstr "Lonxitude dos botóns de paso nos extremos"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:516
msgid "Stepper Spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento do paso"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:517
msgid "Spacing between step buttons and thumb"
msgstr "Espazamento entre os botóns de paso e o indicador de escala"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:524
msgid "Arrow X Displacement"
msgstr "Desprazamento X da frecha"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:525
msgid ""
"How far in the x direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
msgstr "Até onde se move a frecha na dirección X cando se solta o botón"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:532
msgid "Arrow Y Displacement"
msgstr "Desprazamento Y da frecha"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:533
msgid ""
"How far in the y direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
msgstr "Até onde se move a frecha na dirección Y cando se solta o botón"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:541
msgid "Draw slider ACTIVE during drag"
msgstr "Debuxar control desprazábel ACTIVO durante o arrastre"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:542
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"With this option set to TRUE, sliders will be drawn ACTIVE and with shadow "
"IN while they are dragged"
2006-05-30 20:25:18 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Con esta opción definida como TRUE, os controis desprazábeis debuxaranse "
"como ACTIVOS e con sombra DENTRO ao arrastralos"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:556
msgid "Trough Side Details"
msgstr "Detalles do lado do canal"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:557
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid ""
"When TRUE, the parts of the trough on the two sides of the slider are drawn "
"with different details"
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Cando é TRUE, as partes do canal nos dous lados do control desprazábel "
"debúxanse con detalles diferentes"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:573
msgid "Trough Under Steppers"
msgstr "Canal baixo os pasos"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:574
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to draw trough for full length of range or exclude the steppers and "
"spacing"
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica se se debuxa para toda a lonxitude do intervalo ou se exclúe os pasos "
"e o espazamento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:587
msgid "Arrow scaling"
msgstr "Escalado de frecha"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:588
msgid "Arrow scaling with regard to scroll button size"
msgstr "O escalado da frecha con atención ao tamaño do botón de desprazamento"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:602
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
msgid "Stepper Position Details"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
msgstr "Detalles da posición da frecha"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:603
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
msgid ""
"When TRUE, the detail string for rendering the steppers is suffixed with "
"position information"
msgstr ""
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
"Cando sea TRUE, á cadea de detalles para debuxar as datas engádenselle un "
"sufixo con información de posición"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentaction.c:635 ../gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:252
msgid "Show Numbers"
msgstr "Mostrar números"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentaction.c:636 ../gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:253
msgid "Whether the items should be displayed with a number"
msgstr "Indica se os elementos deberían mostrarse cun número"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:147
msgid "Recent Manager"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Xestionar os recentes"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:148
msgid "The RecentManager object to use"
msgstr "O obxecto RecentManager que se vai usar"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:162
msgid "Show Private"
msgstr "Mostrar os privados"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:163
msgid "Whether the private items should be displayed"
msgstr "Indica se os elementos privados se deben mostrar"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:176
msgid "Show Tooltips"
msgstr "Mostrar as indicacións"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:177
msgid "Whether there should be a tooltip on the item"
msgstr "Indica se debe haber unha indicación no elemento"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:189
msgid "Show Icons"
msgstr "Mostrar iconas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:190
msgid "Whether there should be an icon near the item"
msgstr "Indica se debe haber unha icona cerca do elemento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:205
msgid "Show Not Found"
msgstr "Mostrar os non encontrados"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:206
msgid "Whether the items pointing to unavailable resources should be displayed"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se deben mostrar os elementos que apuntan a recursos non "
"dispoñíbeis"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:219
msgid "Whether to allow multiple items to be selected"
msgstr "Indica se se permite a selección de múltiples elementos"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:232
msgid "Local only"
msgstr "Só local"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:233
msgid "Whether the selected resource(s) should be limited to local file: URIs"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os recursos seleccionados deberían limitarse a URI de tipo 'file:' "
"locais"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:249
msgid "Limit"
msgstr "Límite"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:250
msgid "The maximum number of items to be displayed"
msgstr "O número máximo de elementos para mostrar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:264
msgid "Sort Type"
msgstr "Tipo de ordenación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:265
msgid "The sorting order of the items displayed"
msgstr "A orde de clasificación dos elementos mostrados"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:280
msgid "The current filter for selecting which resources are displayed"
msgstr "O filtro actual para seleccionar que recursos se mostran"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:291
msgid "The full path to the file to be used to store and read the list"
msgstr ""
"O camiño completo ao ficheiro que se vai usar para almacenar e ler a lista"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:306
msgid "The size of the recently used resources list"
msgstr "O tamaño da lista de recursos usados recentemente"
# verificar: High= alta e low= baixa
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:134
msgid "Lower"
msgstr "Inferior"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:135
msgid "Lower limit of ruler"
msgstr "Límite inferior da regra"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:144
msgid "Upper"
msgstr "Superior"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:145
msgid "Upper limit of ruler"
msgstr "Límite superior da regra"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:155
msgid "Position of mark on the ruler"
msgstr "Posición da marca na regra"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:164
msgid "Max Size"
msgstr "Tamaño máximo"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:165
msgid "Maximum size of the ruler"
msgstr "Tamaño máximo da regra"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:180
msgid "Metric"
msgstr "Métrica"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:181
msgid "The metric used for the ruler"
msgstr "A métrica que se usa na regra"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:220
msgid "The number of decimal places that are displayed in the value"
msgstr "O número de lugares decimais que se mostran no valor"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:229
msgid "Draw Value"
msgstr "Valor de debuxo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:230
msgid "Whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o valor actual se mostra como unha cadea contigua ao control "
"desprazábel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:237
msgid "Value Position"
msgstr "Posición do valor"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:238
msgid "The position in which the current value is displayed"
msgstr "A posición na que se mostra o valor actual"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:245
msgid "Slider Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude do control desprazábel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:246
msgid "Length of scale's slider"
msgstr "Lonxitude da escala do control desprazábel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:254
msgid "Value spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento do valor"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:255
msgid "Space between value text and the slider/trough area"
2006-05-30 20:25:18 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Espazo entre os valores de texto e a área do control desprazábel ou o canal"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:221
msgid "The value of the scale"
msgstr "O valor da escala"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:231
msgid "The icon size"
msgstr "O tamaño da icona"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:240
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this scale button object"
msgstr ""
"O GtkAdjustment que contén o valor actual deste obxecto de botón de escala"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:268
msgid "Icons"
msgstr "Iconas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:269
msgid "List of icon names"
msgstr "Lista dos nomes de iconas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:50
msgid "Minimum Slider Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude mínima do control desprazábel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:51
msgid "Minimum length of scrollbar slider"
msgstr "Tamaño mínimo da barra de desprazamento do control desprazábel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:59
msgid "Fixed slider size"
msgstr "Tamaño fixo do control desprazábel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:60
msgid "Don't change slider size, just lock it to the minimum length"
msgstr ""
"Non cambiar o tamaño do control desprazábel, bloquealo na lonxitude mínima"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:81
msgid ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
msgstr ""
"Mostra un segundo botón de frecha de retroceso no extremo oposto da barra de "
"desprazamento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:88
msgid ""
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
msgstr ""
"Mostra un segundo botón de frecha de avance no extremo oposto da barra de "
"desprazamento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:233 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:576
msgid "Horizontal Adjustment"
msgstr "Axuste horizontal"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:240 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:584
msgid "Vertical Adjustment"
msgstr "Axuste vertical"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:247
msgid "Horizontal Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr "Comportamento da barra de desprazamento horizontal"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:248
msgid "When the horizontal scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr "Cando se mostra a barra de desprazamento horizontal"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:255
msgid "Vertical Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr "Comportamento da barra de desprazamento vertical"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:256
msgid "When the vertical scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr "Cando se mostra a barra de desprazamento vertical"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:264
msgid "Window Placement"
msgstr "Colocación da xanela"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:265
msgid ""
"Where the contents are located with respect to the scrollbars. This property "
"only takes effect if \"window-placement-set\" is TRUE."
msgstr ""
"Onde se colocan os contidos respecto ás barras de desprazamento. Esta "
"propiedade só ten efecto se \"window-placement-set\" é TRUE."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:282
msgid "Window Placement Set"
msgstr "Definición da colocación da xanela"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:283
msgid ""
"Whether \"window-placement\" should be used to determine the location of the "
"contents with respect to the scrollbars."
msgstr ""
"Indica se debe usarse \"window-placement\" para determinar a localización do "
"contido respecto ás barras de desprazamento."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:289
msgid "Shadow Type"
msgstr "Tipo de sombra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:290
msgid "Style of bevel around the contents"
msgstr "Estilo de bisel ao redor dos contidos"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:304
msgid "Scrollbars within bevel"
msgstr "Barra de desprazamento no bisel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:305
msgid "Place scrollbars within the scrolled window's bevel"
msgstr ""
"Colocar as barras de desprazamento no bisel da xanela con desprazamento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:311
msgid "Scrollbar spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento da barra de desprazamento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:312
msgid "Number of pixels between the scrollbars and the scrolled window"
msgstr ""
"Número de píxeles entre as barras de desprazamentos e a xanela con "
"desprazamento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:327
msgid "Scrolled Window Placement"
msgstr "Colocación da xanela con desprazamento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:328
msgid ""
"Where the contents of scrolled windows are located with respect to the "
"scrollbars, if not overridden by the scrolled window's own placement."
msgstr ""
"Onde se coloca o contido das xanelas con desprazamento con respecto ás "
"barras de desprazamento, se non toma precedencia a colocación da propia "
"xanela con desprazamento."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:136
msgid "Draw"
msgstr "Debuxar"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:137
msgid "Whether the separator is drawn, or just blank"
msgstr "Indica se se debuxa o separador ou se se deixa en branco"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:224
msgid "Double Click Time"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Tempo do dobre clic"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:225
msgid ""
"Maximum time allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a double "
"click (in milliseconds)"
msgstr ""
"Tempo máximo permitido entre dous clics para ser considerados como un clic "
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"dobre (en milisegundos)"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:232
msgid "Double Click Distance"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Distancia do dobre clic"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:233
msgid ""
"Maximum distance allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a "
"double click (in pixels)"
msgstr ""
"Distancia máxima permitida entre dous clics para ser considerados como un "
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"dobre clic (en píxeles)"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:249
msgid "Cursor Blink"
msgstr "Intermitencia do cursor"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:250
msgid "Whether the cursor should blink"
msgstr "Indica se o cursor debe pestanexar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:257
msgid "Cursor Blink Time"
msgstr "Tempo de intermitencia do cursor"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:258
msgid "Length of the cursor blink cycle, in milliseconds"
msgstr "Duración do ciclo de intermitencia do cursor, en milisegundos"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:277
msgid "Cursor Blink Timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de intermitencia do cursor"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:278
msgid "Time after which the cursor stops blinking, in seconds"
msgstr ""
"Duración a partir de que se detén a intermitencia do cursor, en segundos"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:285
msgid "Split Cursor"
msgstr "Cursor dividido"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:286
msgid ""
"Whether two cursors should be displayed for mixed left-to-right and right-to-"
"left text"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se deben mostrar dous cursores para o texto mesturado de esquerda "
"a dereita e de dereita a esquerda"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:293
msgid "Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema"
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:294
msgid "Name of theme RC file to load"
msgstr "Nome do ficheiro de tema RC para cargar"
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:302
msgid "Icon Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de iconas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:303
msgid "Name of icon theme to use"
msgstr "Nome do tema de iconas para usar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:311
msgid "Fallback Icon Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de iconas do modo de emerxencia"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:312
msgid "Name of a icon theme to fall back to"
msgstr "Nome do tema de iconas que usar cando o escollido falle"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:320
msgid "Key Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema principal"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:321
msgid "Name of key theme RC file to load"
msgstr "Nome do ficheiro de tema RC principal para cargar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:329
msgid "Menu bar accelerator"
msgstr "Tecla rápida da barra de menús"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:330
msgid "Keybinding to activate the menu bar"
msgstr "Combinación de teclas para activar a barra de menús"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:338
msgid "Drag threshold"
msgstr "Límite de arrastre"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:339
msgid "Number of pixels the cursor can move before dragging"
msgstr "Número de píxeles que o cursor pode mover antes de iniciar o arrastre"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:347
msgid "Font Name"
msgstr "Nome do tipo de letra"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:348
msgid "Name of default font to use"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Nome do tipo de letra predefinido que usar"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:370
msgid "Icon Sizes"
msgstr "Tamaño das iconas"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:371
msgid "List of icon sizes (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..."
msgstr "Lista dos tamaños das iconas (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..."
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:379
msgid "GTK Modules"
msgstr "Módulos GTK"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:380
msgid "List of currently active GTK modules"
msgstr "Lista dos módulos GTK actualmente activos"
2005-10-31 22:36:13 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:389
msgid "Xft Antialias"
msgstr "Suavizado Xft"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:390
msgid "Whether to antialias Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se suavizan os bordos dos tipo de letra Xft, 0=non, 1=si, -"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"1=predefinido"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:399
msgid "Xft Hinting"
msgstr "Contorno Xft"
2005-10-31 22:36:13 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:400
msgid "Whether to hint Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica se se usa o contorno dos tipo de letra Xft; 0=non, 1=si, -"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"1=predefinido"
2005-10-31 22:36:13 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:409
msgid "Xft Hint Style"
msgstr "Estilo de contorno Xft"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:410
2005-10-31 22:36:13 +00:00
msgid ""
"What degree of hinting to use; hintnone, hintslight, hintmedium, or hintfull"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Que grao de contorno hai que usar: ningunha, lixeira, media ou completa"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:419
msgid "Xft RGBA"
msgstr "Xft RGBA"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:420
msgid "Type of subpixel antialiasing; none, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr"
msgstr "Tipo de suavizado de subpíxel: ningún, rgb, vrgb, vbgr"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:429
msgid "Xft DPI"
msgstr "PPP Xft"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:430
msgid "Resolution for Xft, in 1024 * dots/inch. -1 to use default value"
msgstr ""
"Resolución para Xft, en 1024 * puntos por polgada. -1 para usar o valor "
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"predefinido"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:439
msgid "Cursor theme name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de cursor"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:440
msgid "Name of the cursor theme to use, or NULL to use the default theme"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Nome do tema de cursor que usar ou NULL para usar o tema predefinido"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:448
msgid "Cursor theme size"
msgstr "Tamaño do tema de cursor"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:449
msgid "Size to use for cursors, or 0 to use the default size"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"Tamaño que se vai usar para os cursores ou 0 para usar o tamaño predefinido"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:459
msgid "Alternative button order"
msgstr "Orde alternativa dos botóns"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:460
msgid "Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os botóns nos diálogos deben usar a orde alternativa de botóns"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:477
msgid "Alternative sort indicator direction"
msgstr "Dirección alternativa do indicador de orde"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:478
msgid ""
"Whether the direction of the sort indicators in list and tree views is "
"inverted compared to the default (where down means ascending)"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a dirección dos indicadores de orde na listaxe e a visualización "
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"en árbore está invertida en comparación coa predefinida (onde abaixo "
"significa ascendente)"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:486
msgid "Show the 'Input Methods' menu"
msgstr "Mostrar o menú Métodos de entrada"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:487
msgid ""
"Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to change "
"the input method"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os menús de contexto das entradas e as visualizacións de texto "
"deben ofrecer modificar o método de entrada"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:495
msgid "Show the 'Insert Unicode Control Character' menu"
msgstr "Mostrar o menú Inserir carácter de control Unicode"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:496
msgid ""
"Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to insert "
"control characters"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os menús de contexto das entradas e as visualizacións de texto "
"deben ofrecer inserir caracteres de control"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:504
msgid "Start timeout"
msgstr "Comezar o tempo de espera"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:505
msgid "Starting value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
msgstr "Valor de inicio para o tempo de espera, cando se prema o botón"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:514
msgid "Repeat timeout"
msgstr "Repetir o tempo de espera"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:515
msgid "Repeat value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
msgstr "Valor de repetición para o tempo de espera, cando o botón se prema"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:524
msgid "Expand timeout"
msgstr "Ampliar o tempo de espera"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:525
msgid "Expand value for timeouts, when a widget is expanding a new region"
msgstr ""
"Valor de ampliación para os tempos de espera, cando un widget está "
"expandindo unha nova rexión"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:560
msgid "Color scheme"
msgstr "Esquema de cor"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:561
msgid "A palette of named colors for use in themes"
msgstr "Unha paleta de cores con nome para usar nos temas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:570
msgid "Enable Animations"
msgstr "Activar animacións"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:571
msgid "Whether to enable toolkit-wide animations."
msgstr "Indica se se activan as animacións para todo o toolkit."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:589
msgid "Enable Touchscreen Mode"
msgstr "Activar o modo de pantalla táctil"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:590
msgid "When TRUE, there are no motion notify events delivered on this screen"
msgstr ""
"Cando é TRUE, non se envían eventos de notificación de movemento a esta "
"pantalla"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:607
msgid "Tooltip timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de espera da indicación"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:608
msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown"
msgstr "Tempo de espera antes de que se mostre a indicación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:633
msgid "Tooltip browse timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de espera da indicación de navegación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:634
msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown when browse mode is enabled"
msgstr ""
"Tempo de espera antes de que se mostre a indicación cando o modo de "
"navegación está activo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:655
msgid "Tooltip browse mode timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de espera da indicación en modo de navegación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:656
msgid "Timeout after which browse mode is disabled"
msgstr "Tempo de espera despois do que se desactiva o modo de navegación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:675
msgid "Keynav Cursor Only"
msgstr "Só cursor para navegar con teclas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:676
msgid "When TRUE, there are only cursor keys available to navigate widgets"
msgstr ""
"Cando sexa TRUE, só hai teclas de cursor dispoñíbeis para navegar polos "
"widgets"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:693
msgid "Keynav Wrap Around"
msgstr "Dar a volta coa navegación con teclas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:694
msgid "Whether to wrap around when keyboard-navigating widgets"
msgstr "Indica se se dá a volta cando se navegue cos widgets co teclado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:714
msgid "Error Bell"
msgstr "Campá de erro"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:715
msgid "When TRUE, keyboard navigation and other errors will cause a beep"
msgstr ""
"Cando sexa TRUE, a navegación co teclado e outros erros emitirán un ton de "
"aviso"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:732
msgid "Color Hash"
msgstr "Hash da cor"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:733
msgid "A hash table representation of the color scheme."
msgstr "Unha representación en táboa hash do esquema de cor."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:741
msgid "Default file chooser backend"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Backend predefinido do selector de ficheiros"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:742
msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default"
msgstr "Nome do backend do GtkFileChooser para usar por defecto"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:759
msgid "Default print backend"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Backend de impresión predefinido"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:760
msgid "List of the GtkPrintBackend backends to use by default"
msgstr "Lista dos backends do GtkPrintBackend para usar por defecto"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:783
msgid "Default command to run when displaying a print preview"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Orde predefinida para executar ao mostrar unha visualización previa de "
"impresión"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:784
msgid "Command to run when displaying a print preview"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Orde para executar ao mostrar unha visualización previa de impresión"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:800
msgid "Enable Mnemonics"
msgstr "Activar mnemónicos"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:801
msgid "Whether labels should have mnemonics"
msgstr "Indica se as etiquetas deben ser mnemónicas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:817
msgid "Enable Accelerators"
msgstr "Activar teclas rápidas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:818
msgid "Whether menu items should have accelerators"
msgstr "Indica se os elementos de menús deben ter teclas rápidas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:835
msgid "Recent Files Limit"
msgstr "Límite de ficheiros recentes"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:836
msgid "Number of recently used files"
msgstr "Número de ficheiros usados recentemente"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:854
msgid "Default IM module"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Módulo de MI predefinido"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:855
msgid "Which IM module should be used by default"
msgstr "O módulo de MI que se debería usar por defecto"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:873
msgid "Recent Files Max Age"
msgstr "Antigüidade máxima dos ficheiros recentes"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:874
msgid "Maximum age of recently used files, in days"
msgstr "A antigüidade máxima dos ficheiros usados recentemente, en días"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:883
msgid "Fontconfig configuration timestamp"
msgstr "Marca temporal de configuración do Fontconfig"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:884
msgid "Timestamp of current fontconfig configuration"
msgstr "A marca temporal da configuración actual do Fontconfig"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:906
msgid "Sound Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de son"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:907
msgid "XDG sound theme name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de son XDG"
#. Translators: this means sounds that are played as feedback to user input
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:929
msgid "Audible Input Feedback"
msgstr "Retroacción audíbel á entrada"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:930
msgid "Whether to play event sounds as feedback to user input"
msgstr ""
"Indica se hai que reproducir eventos de son como retroacción á entrada do "
"usuario"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:951
msgid "Enable Event Sounds"
msgstr "Activar os eventos de son"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:952
msgid "Whether to play any event sounds at all"
msgstr "Indica se hai que activar todos os eventos de son"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:967
msgid "Enable Tooltips"
msgstr "Activar indicacións"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:968
msgid "Whether tooltips should be shown on widgets"
msgstr "Indica se se deberían mostrar as indicacións nos widgets"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:981
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar style"
msgstr "Estilo da barra de ferramentas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:982
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether default toolbars have text only, text and icons, icons only, etc."
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Indica se as barras de ferramentas predefinidas teñen só texto, texto e "
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
"iconas, só iconas etc."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:996
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar Icon Size"
msgstr "Tamaño da icona da barra de ferramentas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:997
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "The size of icons in default toolbars."
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Tamaño das iconas das barras de ferramentas predefinidas."
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1014
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid "Auto Mnemonics"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Mnemónicos automáticos"
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1015
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether mnemonics should be automatically shown and hidden when the user "
"presses the mnemonic activator."
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Indica se os mnemónicos deberían mostrarse e agocharse automáticamente cando "
"o usuario prema un activador de mnemónico."
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1040
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Application prefers a dark theme"
2010-05-14 07:47:29 +00:00
msgstr "O aplicativo prefire un tema escuro"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1041
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Whether the application prefers to have a dark theme."
2010-05-14 07:47:29 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o aplicativo prefire un tema escuro."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:339
msgid "Mode"
msgstr "Modo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:340
msgid ""
"The directions in which the size group affects the requested sizes of its "
"component widgets"
msgstr ""
"As direccións en que o tamaño do grupo afecta aos tamaños solicitados dos "
"seus compoñentes widgets"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:356
msgid "Ignore hidden"
msgstr "Ignorar ocultos"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:357
msgid ""
"If TRUE, unmapped widgets are ignored when determining the size of the group"
msgstr ""
"Se é TRUE, os widgets non mapeados ignoraranse ao determinar o tamaño do "
"grupo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:232
msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton"
msgstr "O axuste que mantén o valor do botón de axuste"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:239
msgid "Climb Rate"
msgstr "Taxa de incremento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:259
msgid "Snap to Ticks"
msgstr "Axustar aos pasos"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:260
msgid ""
"Whether erroneous values are automatically changed to a spin button's "
"nearest step increment"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os valores errados se cambian automaticamente polo incremento de "
"paso máis próximo dun botón de axuste"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:267
msgid "Numeric"
msgstr "Numérico"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:268
msgid "Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored"
msgstr "Indica se se deben ignorar os caracteres non numéricos"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:275
msgid "Wrap"
msgstr "Axustar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:276
msgid "Whether a spin button should wrap upon reaching its limits"
msgstr ""
"Indica se un botón de axuste debe axustarse cara a arriba até alcanzar os "
"seus límites"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:283
msgid "Update Policy"
msgstr "Política de actualización"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:284
msgid ""
"Whether the spin button should update always, or only when the value is legal"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o botón de axuste debe actualizarse sempre ou só cando o valor é "
"correcto"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:293
msgid "Reads the current value, or sets a new value"
msgstr "Le o valor actual ou define un valor novo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:302
msgid "Style of bevel around the spin button"
msgstr "Estilo de bisel ao redor do botón de axuste"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinner.c:126
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the spinner is active"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o spinner é activábel"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinner.c:140
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Number of steps"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Número de pasos"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinner.c:141
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"The number of steps for the spinner to complete a full loop. The animation "
"will complete a full cycle in one second by default (see #GtkSpinner:cycle-"
"duration)."
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"O número de pasos do spinner para completar o bucle. A animación completará "
"un ciclo completo nun segundo de forma predefinida (vexa #GtkSpinner:cicyle-"
"duration)."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinner.c:156
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Animation duration"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Duración da animación"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinner.c:157
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"The length of time in milliseconds for the spinner to complete a full loop"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "O tempo en milisegundos para que o spinner complete un bucle completo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:202
msgid "Has Resize Grip"
msgstr "Ten tirador de redimensión"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:203
msgid "Whether the statusbar has a grip for resizing the toplevel"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a barra de estado ten un tirador para redimensionar o nivel "
"superior"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:248
msgid "Style of bevel around the statusbar text"
msgstr "Estilo do bisel ao redor do texto da barra de estado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:274
msgid "The size of the icon"
msgstr "O tamaño da icona"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:284
msgid "The screen where this status icon will be displayed"
msgstr "A pantalla onde se mostrará esta icona de estado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:291
msgid "Blinking"
msgstr "Intermitencia"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:292
msgid "Whether or not the status icon is blinking"
msgstr "Indica se a icona de estado pestanexa ou non"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:300
msgid "Whether or not the status icon is visible"
msgstr "Indica se o estado da icona é visíbel ou non"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:316
msgid "Whether or not the status icon is embedded"
msgstr "Indica se a icona de estado está incorporada"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:332 ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:121
msgid "The orientation of the tray"
msgstr "A orientación da bandexa"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:359 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:727
msgid "Has tooltip"
msgstr "Ten indicación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:360
msgid "Whether this tray icon has a tooltip"
msgstr "Indica se esta icona de bandexa ten unha indicación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:385 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:748
msgid "Tooltip Text"
msgstr "Texto da indicación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:386 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:749 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:770
msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this widget"
msgstr "Os contidos da indicación para este widget"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:409 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:769
msgid "Tooltip markup"
msgstr "Marcado das indicacións"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:410
msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this tray icon"
msgstr "O contido da indicación para esta icona de bandexa"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:428
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
msgid "The title of this tray icon"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "O título desta icona na barra de tarefas"
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:145
msgid "Rows"
msgstr "Filas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:146
msgid "The number of rows in the table"
msgstr "O número de filas na táboa"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:154
msgid "Columns"
msgstr "Columnas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:155
msgid "The number of columns in the table"
msgstr "O número de columnas na táboa"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:163
msgid "Row spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de fila"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:164
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive rows"
msgstr "A cantidade de espazo entre dúas filas consecutivas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:172
msgid "Column spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de columna"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:173
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive columns"
msgstr "A cantidade de espazo entre dúas columnas consecutivas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:182
msgid "If TRUE, the table cells are all the same width/height"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, as celas da táboa teñen todas a mesma largura ou altura"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:189
msgid "Left attachment"
msgstr "Anexo á esquerda"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:196
msgid "Right attachment"
msgstr "Anexo á dereita"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:197
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of a child widget to"
msgstr "O número de columnas para anexar ao lado dereito dun widget fillo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:203
msgid "Top attachment"
msgstr "Anexo superior"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:204
msgid "The row number to attach the top of a child widget to"
msgstr "O número de filas para anexar encima do widget fillo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:210
msgid "Bottom attachment"
msgstr "Anexo inferior"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:217
msgid "Horizontal options"
msgstr "Opcións horizontais"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:218
msgid "Options specifying the horizontal behaviour of the child"
msgstr "Opcións que especifican o comportamento horizontal do fillo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:224
msgid "Vertical options"
msgstr "Opcións verticais"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:225
msgid "Options specifying the vertical behaviour of the child"
msgstr "Opcións que especifican o comportamento vertical do fillo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:231
msgid "Horizontal padding"
msgstr "Recheo horizontal"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:232
msgid ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in "
"pixels"
msgstr ""
"Espazo adicional en píxeles para colocar entre o fillo e os seus veciños á "
"esquerda e á dereita"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:238
msgid "Vertical padding"
msgstr "Recheo vertical"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:239
msgid ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, in "
"pixels"
msgstr ""
"Espazo adicional en píxeles para colocar entre o fillo e os seus veciños "
"superiores e inferiores"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:192
msgid "Tag Table"
msgstr "Táboa de etiquetas"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:193
msgid "Text Tag Table"
msgstr "Táboa de etiquetas de texto"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:211
msgid "Current text of the buffer"
msgstr "Texto actual do búfer"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:225
msgid "Has selection"
msgstr "Está selecccionado"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:226
msgid "Whether the buffer has some text currently selected"
msgstr "Indica se o búfer ten actualmente algún texto seleccionado"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:242
msgid "Cursor position"
msgstr "Posición do cursor"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:243
msgid ""
"The position of the insert mark (as offset from the beginning of the buffer)"
msgstr ""
"A posición da marca de inserción (como desprazamento desde o principio do "
"búfer)"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:258
msgid "Copy target list"
msgstr "Lista de destinos da copia"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:259
msgid ""
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard copying and DND source"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"A lista de destinos que admite este búfer para copiar desde o portapapeis e "
"a orixe do DND"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:274
msgid "Paste target list"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Lista de destinos para pegar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:275
msgid ""
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard pasting and DND "
"destination"
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"A lista de destinos que admite este búfer para pegar desde o portapapeis e o "
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"destino do DND"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextmark.c:90
msgid "Mark name"
msgstr "Nome de marca"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextmark.c:97
msgid "Left gravity"
msgstr "Gravidade esquerda"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextmark.c:98
msgid "Whether the mark has left gravity"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca ten gravidade esquerda"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:172
msgid "Tag name"
msgstr "Nome de etiqueta"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:173
msgid "Name used to refer to the text tag. NULL for anonymous tags"
msgstr ""
"Nome usado para referirse á etiqueta do texto. NULL para etiquetas anónimas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:191
msgid "Background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
msgstr "Cor de fondo como unha (posibelmente non asignada) GdkColor"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:198
msgid "Background full height"
msgstr "Altura completa do fondo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:199
msgid ""
"Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height "
"of the tagged characters"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a cor de fondo enche a altura completa da liña ou só a altura dos "
"caracteres etiquetados"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:207
msgid "Background stipple mask"
msgstr "Máscara de puntos do fondo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:208
msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text background"
msgstr ""
"O mapa de bits que se vai usar como unha máscara cando se debuxe o fondo do "
"texto"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:225
msgid "Foreground color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano como unha (posibelmente non asignada) GdkColor"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:233
msgid "Foreground stipple mask"
msgstr "Máscara de puntos de primeiro plano"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:234
msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text foreground"
msgstr ""
"O mapa de bits que usar como máscara ao debuxar o primeiro plano de texto"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:241
msgid "Text direction"
msgstr "Dirección do texto"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:242
msgid "Text direction, e.g. right-to-left or left-to-right"
msgstr ""
"Dirección do texto, por exemplo de dereita a esquerda ou de esquerda a "
"dereita"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:291
msgid "Font style as a PangoStyle, e.g. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Estilo do tipo de letra coma un PangoStyle, por exemplo PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:300
msgid "Font variant as a PangoVariant, e.g. PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Variante do tipo de letra coma unha PangoVariant, por exemplo "
"PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:309
msgid ""
"Font weight as an integer, see predefined values in PangoWeight; for "
"example, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Grosor do tipo de letra como un enteiro. Vexa os valores predefinidas en "
"PangoWeight; por exemplo PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:320
msgid "Font stretch as a PangoStretch, e.g. PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Tipo de letra axustada coma un PangoStretch, por exemplo "
"PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:329
msgid "Font size in Pango units"
msgstr "Tamaño do tipo de letra en unidades Pango"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:339
msgid ""
"Font size as a scale factor relative to the default font size. This properly "
"adapts to theme changes etc. so is recommended. Pango predefines some scales "
"such as PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Tamaño do tipo de letra coma un factor de escala relativo ao tamaño "
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"predefinido do tipo de letra. Esta propiedade adáptase aos cambios de tema "
"etc., polo que é recomendábel. O Pango define previamente algunhas escalas "
"tales como PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:359 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:679
msgid "Left, right, or center justification"
msgstr "Xustificación á esquerda, á dereita ou ao centro"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:378
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If not set, an appropriate default will be used."
msgstr ""
"O idioma no que está este texto, como un código ISO. O Pango pode usar isto "
"como unha axuda ao renderizar o texto. Se non se estabelece este parámetro "
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"usarase como predefinido o máis apropiado."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:385
msgid "Left margin"
msgstr "Marxe esquerda"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:386 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:688
msgid "Width of the left margin in pixels"
msgstr "Largura da marxe esquerda en píxeles"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:395
msgid "Right margin"
msgstr "Marxe dereita"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:396 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:698
msgid "Width of the right margin in pixels"
msgstr "Largura da marxe dereita en píxeles"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:406 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:707
msgid "Indent"
msgstr "Sangría"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:407 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:708
msgid "Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels"
msgstr "Cantidade en píxeles para a sangría de parágrafo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:418
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative) "
"in Pango units"
msgstr ""
"Desprazamento do texto sobre a liña base (por debaixo da liña base se a "
"elevación é negativa) en unidades Pango"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:427
msgid "Pixels above lines"
msgstr "Píxeles encima das liñas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:428 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:632
msgid "Pixels of blank space above paragraphs"
msgstr "Píxeles de espazo en branco encima do parágrafos"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:437
msgid "Pixels below lines"
msgstr "Píxeles debaixo das liñas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:438 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:642
msgid "Pixels of blank space below paragraphs"
msgstr "Píxeles de espazo en branco debaixo dos parágrafos"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:447
msgid "Pixels inside wrap"
msgstr "Píxeles dentro do axuste"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:448 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:652
msgid "Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in a paragraph"
msgstr "Píxeles de espazo en branco entre as liñas axustadas nun parágrafo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:475 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:670
msgid ""
"Whether to wrap lines never, at word boundaries, or at character boundaries"
msgstr ""
"Indica se nunca se axustan as liñas aos límites de palabra ou aos límites de "
"carácter"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:484 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:717
msgid "Tabs"
msgstr "Separadores"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:485 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:718
msgid "Custom tabs for this text"
msgstr "Separadores personalizados para este texto"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:503
msgid "Invisible"
msgstr "Invisíbel"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:504
msgid "Whether this text is hidden."
msgstr "Indica se este texto está oculto."
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:518
msgid "Paragraph background color name"
msgstr "Nome da cor de fondo do parágrafo"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:519
msgid "Paragraph background color as a string"
msgstr "Nome da cor de fondo do parágrafo como unha cadea"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:534
msgid "Paragraph background color"
msgstr "Cor de fondo do parágrafo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:535
msgid "Paragraph background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
msgstr ""
"Cor de fondo do parágrafo como unha GdkColor (posibelmente non asignada)"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:553
msgid "Margin Accumulates"
msgstr "Acumulación de marxes"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:554
msgid "Whether left and right margins accumulate."
msgstr "Indica se as marxes esquerda e dereita son acumulativas."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:567
msgid "Background full height set"
msgstr "Definición da altura completa do fondo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:568
msgid "Whether this tag affects background height"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á altura do fondo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:571
msgid "Background stipple set"
msgstr "Definición da liña punteada de fondo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:572
msgid "Whether this tag affects the background stipple"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á liña punteada de fondo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:579
msgid "Foreground stipple set"
msgstr "Definición da liña punteada de primeiro plano"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:580
msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground stipple"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á liña punteada de primeiro plano"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:615
msgid "Justification set"
msgstr "Definición da xustificación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:616
msgid "Whether this tag affects paragraph justification"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á xustificación do parágrafo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:623
msgid "Left margin set"
msgstr "Definición da marxe esquerda"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:624
msgid "Whether this tag affects the left margin"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á marxe esquerda"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:627
msgid "Indent set"
msgstr "Definición da sangría"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:628
msgid "Whether this tag affects indentation"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á sangría"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:635
msgid "Pixels above lines set"
msgstr "Definición dos píxeles sobre o conxunto de liñas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:636 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:640
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels above lines"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta a cantidade de píxeles sobre as liñas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:639
msgid "Pixels below lines set"
msgstr "Definición dos píxeles debaixo do conxunto de liñas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:643
msgid "Pixels inside wrap set"
msgstr "Definición dos píxeles dentro do axuste"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:644
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels between wrapped lines"
msgstr ""
"Indica se esta marca afecta a cantidade de píxeles entre as liñas axustadas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:651
msgid "Right margin set"
msgstr "Definición da marxe dereita"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:652
msgid "Whether this tag affects the right margin"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á marxe dereita"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:659
msgid "Wrap mode set"
msgstr "Definición do modo de axuste"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:660
msgid "Whether this tag affects line wrap mode"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao modo de axuste de liña"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:663
msgid "Tabs set"
msgstr "Definición dos separadores"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:664
msgid "Whether this tag affects tabs"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta aos separadores"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:667
msgid "Invisible set"
msgstr "Definición de invisíbel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:668
msgid "Whether this tag affects text visibility"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á visibilidade do texto"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:671
msgid "Paragraph background set"
msgstr "Definición do fondo de parágrafo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:672
msgid "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color"
msgstr "Indica se esta etiqueta afecta á cor de fondo de parágrafo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:631
msgid "Pixels Above Lines"
msgstr "Píxeles encima das liñas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:641
msgid "Pixels Below Lines"
msgstr "Píxeles debaixo das liñas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:651
msgid "Pixels Inside Wrap"
msgstr "Píxeles dentro do axuste"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:669
msgid "Wrap Mode"
msgstr "Modo de axuste"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:687
msgid "Left Margin"
msgstr "Marxe esquerda"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:697
msgid "Right Margin"
msgstr "Marxe dereita"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:725
msgid "Cursor Visible"
msgstr "Cursor visíbel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:726
msgid "If the insertion cursor is shown"
msgstr "Se se mostra o cursor de inserción"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:733
msgid "Buffer"
msgstr "Búfer"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:734
msgid "The buffer which is displayed"
msgstr "O búfer que se mostra"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:742
msgid "Whether entered text overwrites existing contents"
msgstr "Indica se o texto introducido sobrescribe os contidos existentes"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:749
msgid "Accepts tab"
msgstr "Acepta tabulación"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:750
msgid "Whether Tab will result in a tab character being entered"
msgstr "Indica se o tabulador resultará nun carácter de tabulación introducido"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:779
msgid "Error underline color"
msgstr "Cor de subliñado de erros"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:780
msgid "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines"
msgstr "Cor coa que debuxar o subliñado de indicación de erros"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:118
msgid "Create the same proxies as a radio action"
msgstr "Crear os mesmos proxies como unha acción radio"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:119
msgid "Whether the proxies for this action look like radio action proxies"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a aparencia dos proxies para esta acción é como a dun proxy de "
"acción radio"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:134
msgid "If the toggle action should be active in or not"
msgstr "Se a acción de conmutación debe estar activa ou non"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:116 ../gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c:113
msgid "If the toggle button should be pressed in or not"
msgstr "Se o botón de estado debe estar premido ou non"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:124
msgid "If the toggle button is in an \"in between\" state"
msgstr "Se o botón de estado está en estado \"intermedio\""
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:131
msgid "Draw Indicator"
msgstr "Debuxar o indicador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:132
msgid "If the toggle part of the button is displayed"
msgstr "Se se mostra a parte de activación do botón"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:456 ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1025
msgid "Toolbar Style"
msgstr "Estilo da barra de ferramentas"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:457
msgid "How to draw the toolbar"
msgstr "Como debuxar a barra de ferramentas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:464
msgid "Show Arrow"
msgstr "Mostrar frecha"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:465
msgid "If an arrow should be shown if the toolbar doesn't fit"
msgstr "Se debe mostrar unha frecha se a barra de ferramentas non encaixa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:486
msgid "Size of icons in this toolbar"
msgstr "Tamaño das iconas nesta barra de ferramentas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:501 ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1011
msgid "Icon size set"
msgstr "Definición do tamaño da icona"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:502 ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1012
msgid "Whether the icon-size property has been set"
msgstr "Indica se se estabeleceu a propiedade de tamaño da icona"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:511
msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the toolbar grows"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento debe recibir espazo adicional cando a barra de "
"ferramentas medre"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:519 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1602
msgid "Whether the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento debería ser do mesmo tamaño que outros elementos "
"homoxéneos"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:526
msgid "Spacer size"
msgstr "Tamaño do espazador"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:527
msgid "Size of spacers"
msgstr "Tamaño dos espazadores"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:536
msgid "Amount of border space between the toolbar shadow and the buttons"
msgstr ""
"Cantidade de espazo do bordo entre a sombra da barra de ferramentas e os "
"botóns"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:544
msgid "Maximum child expand"
msgstr "Expansión de fillos máxima"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:545
msgid "Maximum amount of space an expandable item will be given"
msgstr "Cantidade máxima de espazo que se lle dará a un elemento expandíbel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:553
msgid "Space style"
msgstr "Estilo do espazo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:554
msgid "Whether spacers are vertical lines or just blank"
msgstr "Indica se os espazadores son liñas verticais ou só espazos en branco"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:561
msgid "Button relief"
msgstr "Relevo do botón"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:562
msgid "Type of bevel around toolbar buttons"
msgstr "Tipo de bisel ao redor dos botóns da barra de ferramentas"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:569
msgid "Style of bevel around the toolbar"
msgstr "Estilo do bisel ao redor da barra de ferramentas"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:203
msgid "Text to show in the item."
msgstr "Texto para mostrar no elemento."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:210
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next character "
"should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow menu"
msgstr ""
"Se se estabelece, un subliñado na etiqueta da propiedade indica que o "
"seguinte carácter debería usarse para a tecla rápida mnemónica no menú de "
"desbordamento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:217
msgid "Widget to use as the item label"
msgstr "Widget que usar como etiqueta do elemento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:223
msgid "Stock Id"
msgstr "ID de inventario"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:224
msgid "The stock icon displayed on the item"
msgstr "A icona de inventario mostrada no elemento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:240
msgid "Icon name"
msgstr "Nome da icona"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:241
msgid "The name of the themed icon displayed on the item"
msgstr "O nome da icona de tema mostrada no elemento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:247
msgid "Icon widget"
msgstr "Icona do widget"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:248
msgid "Icon widget to display in the item"
msgstr "Icona do widget para mostrar no elemento"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:261
msgid "Icon spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento da icona"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:262
msgid "Spacing in pixels between the icon and label"
msgstr "Espazamento en píxeles entre a icona e a etiqueta"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:199
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is considered important. When TRUE, toolbar buttons "
"show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento da barra de ferramentas se considera importante. Cando "
"é TRUE, os botóns da barra de ferramentas mostran o texto no modo "
"GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1549
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "The human-readable title of this item group"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Unha descrición lexíbel por humanos do elemento de grupo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1556
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual label"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Un widget para mostrar no lugar da etiqueta habitual"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1562
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Collapsed"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Recollido"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1563
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Wether the group has been collapsed and items are hidden"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se grupo foi expandido e os elementos agochados"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1569
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "ellipsize"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Elipse"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1570
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Ellipsize for item group headers"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Elipse para as cabeceiras de grupo do elemento"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1576
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Header Relief"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Relieve da cabeceira"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1577
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Relief of the group header button"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Relieve do botón de cabeceira de grupo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1592
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Header Spacing"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Espazamento da cabeceira"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1593
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between expander arrow and caption"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Espazamento entre a frecha expansora e o título"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1609
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the group grows"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o elemento debe recibir espazo adicional cando o grupo medre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1616
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should fill the available space"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o elemento deben encher o espazo dispoñíbel"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1622
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "New Row"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Nova fila"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1623
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should start a new row"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se os elementos deberían mostrarse nunha nova fila"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1630
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Position of the item within this group"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Posición do elemento neste grupo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:996
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Size of icons in this tool palette"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Tamaño das iconas nesta paleta de ferramentas"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1026
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Style of items in the tool palette"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Estilo dos elementos na paleta de ferramentas"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1042
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Exclusive"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Exclusivo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1043
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item group should be the only expanded at a given time"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica se o grupo de elementos deberían expandirse só nun momento determinado"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1058
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the item group should receive extra space when the palette grows"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica se o grupo de elementos debe recibir espazo adicional cando a paleta "
"medre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:130
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color for symbolic icons"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano para as iconas simbólicas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:137
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Error color"
msgstr "Cor de erro"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:138
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Error color for symbolic icons"
msgstr "Cor de erro para as iconas simbólicas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:145
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Warning color"
msgstr "Cor de aviso"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:146
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Warning color for symbolic icons"
msgstr "Cor de aviso para as iconas simbólicas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:153
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Success color"
msgstr "Cor de éxito"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:154
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Success color for symbolic icons"
msgstr "Cor de éxito para as iconas simbólicas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:162
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Padding that should be put around icons in the tray"
2010-05-14 07:47:29 +00:00
msgstr "Separación que poñer ao redor das iconas na bandexa"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:278
msgid "TreeModelSort Model"
msgstr "Modelo TreeModelSort"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:279
msgid "The model for the TreeModelSort to sort"
msgstr "O modelo para o TreeModelSort que ordenar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:568
msgid "TreeView Model"
msgstr "Modelo TreeView"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:569
msgid "The model for the tree view"
msgstr "O modelo para a visualización en árbore"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:577
msgid "Horizontal Adjustment for the widget"
msgstr "Axuste horizontal para o widget"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:585
msgid "Vertical Adjustment for the widget"
msgstr "Axuste vertical para o widget"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:592
msgid "Headers Visible"
msgstr "Cabeceiras visíbeis"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:593
msgid "Show the column header buttons"
msgstr "Mostrar botóns nas cabeceiras de columna"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:600
msgid "Headers Clickable"
msgstr "Cabeceiras premíbeis"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:601
msgid "Column headers respond to click events"
msgstr "As cabeceiras de columna responden aos eventos de clic"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:608
msgid "Expander Column"
msgstr "Columna expansora"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:609
msgid "Set the column for the expander column"
msgstr "Estabelecer a columna para a columna expansora"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:624
msgid "Rules Hint"
msgstr "Suxestión das regras"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:625
msgid "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors"
msgstr ""
"Define unha suxestión para o motor de tema para debuxar as filas con cores "
"alternas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:632
msgid "Enable Search"
msgstr "Activar a busca"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:633
msgid "View allows user to search through columns interactively"
msgstr ""
"A visualización permite aos usuarios buscar de modo interactivo a través das "
"columnas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:640
msgid "Search Column"
msgstr "Columna de busca"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:641
msgid "Model column to search through during interactive search"
msgstr "A columna de modelo na que buscar durante a busca interactiva"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:661
msgid "Fixed Height Mode"
msgstr "Modo de altura fixa"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:662
msgid "Speeds up GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height"
msgstr "Acelera GtkTreeView asumindo que todas as filas teñen a mesma altura"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:682
msgid "Hover Selection"
msgstr "Seleccionar ao pasar por encima"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:683
msgid "Whether the selection should follow the pointer"
msgstr "Indica se a selección debería seguir o punteiro"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:702
msgid "Hover Expand"
msgstr "Expandir ao pasar por encima"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:703
msgid ""
"Whether rows should be expanded/collapsed when the pointer moves over them"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as filas deben expandirse ou contraerse cando se move o punteiro "
"sobre elas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:717
msgid "Show Expanders"
msgstr "Mostrar expansores"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:718
msgid "View has expanders"
msgstr "A visualización ten expansores"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:732
msgid "Level Indentation"
msgstr "Nivel de sangría"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:733
msgid "Extra indentation for each level"
msgstr "Sangría adicional para cada nivel"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:742
msgid "Rubber Banding"
msgstr "Tiras de goma"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:743
msgid ""
"Whether to enable selection of multiple items by dragging the mouse pointer"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se activa a selección de múltiples elementos arrastrando o "
"punteiro do rato"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:750
msgid "Enable Grid Lines"
msgstr "Activar as liñas da grade"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:751
msgid "Whether grid lines should be drawn in the tree view"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as liñas da grade se deben debuxar na visualización en árbore"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:759
msgid "Enable Tree Lines"
msgstr "Activar as liñas da árbore"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:760
msgid "Whether tree lines should be drawn in the tree view"
msgstr "Indica se se deben debuxar as liñas na visualización en árbore"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:768
msgid "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the rows"
msgstr "A columna do modelo que contén os textos de indicación para as filas"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:790
msgid "Vertical Separator Width"
msgstr "Largura do separador vertical"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:791
msgid "Vertical space between cells. Must be an even number"
msgstr "Espazo vertical entre celas. Debe ser un número par"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:799
msgid "Horizontal Separator Width"
msgstr "Largura do separador horizontal"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:800
msgid "Horizontal space between cells. Must be an even number"
msgstr "Espazo horizontal entre celas. Debe ser un número par"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:808
msgid "Allow Rules"
msgstr "Permitir regras"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:809
msgid "Allow drawing of alternating color rows"
msgstr "Permitir debuxar filas con cores alternas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:815
msgid "Indent Expanders"
msgstr "Sangrar os expansores"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:816
msgid "Make the expanders indented"
msgstr "Crear os expansores sangrados"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:822
msgid "Even Row Color"
msgstr "Cor da fila par"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:823
msgid "Color to use for even rows"
msgstr "Cor que usar para as filas pares"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:829
msgid "Odd Row Color"
msgstr "Cor da fila impar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:830
msgid "Color to use for odd rows"
msgstr "Cor que usar para as filas impares"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:836
msgid "Row Ending details"
msgstr "Detalles de terminación de fila"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:837
msgid "Enable extended row background theming"
msgstr "Activar o tema do fondo de estendido de fila"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:843
msgid "Grid line width"
msgstr "Largura da liña da grade"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:844
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view grid lines"
msgstr "Largura en píxeles das liñas da grade da visualización en árbore"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:850
msgid "Tree line width"
msgstr "Largura da liña da árbore"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:851
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view lines"
msgstr "Largura en píxeles das liñas da visualización en árbore"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:857
msgid "Grid line pattern"
msgstr "Patrón da liña da grade"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:858
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view grid lines"
msgstr ""
"Patrón de trazos usado para debuxar as liñas da grade da visualización en "
"árbore"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:864
msgid "Tree line pattern"
msgstr "Patrón da liña da árbore"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:865
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view lines"
msgstr ""
"Patrón de trazos usado para debuxar as liñas da visualización en árbore"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:193
msgid "Whether to display the column"
msgstr "Indica se se mostra a columna"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:200 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:578
msgid "Resizable"
msgstr "Redimensionábel"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:201
msgid "Column is user-resizable"
msgstr "O usuario pode redimensionar a columna"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:209
msgid "Current width of the column"
msgstr "Largura actual da columna"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:218
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells"
msgstr "Espazo que se introduce entre as celas"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:226
msgid "Sizing"
msgstr "Dimensionamento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:227
msgid "Resize mode of the column"
msgstr "Modo de redimensionamento da columna"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:235
msgid "Fixed Width"
msgstr "Largura fixa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:236
msgid "Current fixed width of the column"
msgstr "Largura fixa actual da columna"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:245
msgid "Minimum Width"
msgstr "Largura mínima"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:246
msgid "Minimum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "Largura mínima permitida da columna"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:255
msgid "Maximum Width"
msgstr "Largura máxima"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:256
msgid "Maximum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "Largura máxima permitida da columna"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:266
msgid "Title to appear in column header"
msgstr "Título que aparecerá na cabeceira da columna"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:274
msgid "Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget"
msgstr "A columna obtén unha parte da largura adicional asignada ao widget"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:281
msgid "Clickable"
msgstr "Premíbel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:282
msgid "Whether the header can be clicked"
msgstr "Indica se a cabeceira se pode premer"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:290
msgid "Widget"
msgstr "Widget"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:291
msgid "Widget to put in column header button instead of column title"
msgstr ""
"O widget para colocar no botón da cabeceira da columna en vez do título da "
"columna"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:299
msgid "X Alignment of the column header text or widget"
msgstr "Aliñamento X do texto da cabeceira da columna ou do widget"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:309
msgid "Whether the column can be reordered around the headers"
msgstr "Indica se a columna se pode reordenar ao redor das cabeceiras"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:316
msgid "Sort indicator"
msgstr "Indicador de ordenación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:317
msgid "Whether to show a sort indicator"
msgstr "Indica se se mostra un indicador de ordenación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:324
msgid "Sort order"
msgstr "Orde de clasificación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:325
msgid "Sort direction the sort indicator should indicate"
msgstr "Dirección de ordenación que o indicador deberá mostrar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:341
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Sort column ID"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "ID de columna de ordenación"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:342
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Logical sort column ID this column sorts on when selected for sorting"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
"O ID de columna de ordenación lóxica ordena esta columna cando é "
"seleccionada para ordenar"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:225
msgid "Whether tearoff menu items should be added to menus"
msgstr "Indica se se deben engadir elementos de menú despregábel aos menús"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:232
msgid "Merged UI definition"
msgstr "Definición de IU combinado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:233
msgid "An XML string describing the merged UI"
msgstr "Unha cadea XML que describe o IU combinado"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:145
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the horizontal position for "
"this viewport"
msgstr ""
"O GtkAdjustment que determina os valores da posición horizontal para esta "
"área de visualización"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:153
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the vertical position for "
"this viewport"
msgstr ""
"O GtkAdjustment que determina os valores da posición vertical para esta área "
"de visualización"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:161
msgid "Determines how the shadowed box around the viewport is drawn"
msgstr ""
"Determina como se debuxa a caixa sombreada ao redor da área de visualización"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:578
msgid "Widget name"
msgstr "Nome do widget"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:579
msgid "The name of the widget"
msgstr "O nome do widget"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:585
msgid "Parent widget"
msgstr "Widget pai"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:586
msgid "The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"
msgstr "O widget pai deste widget. Debe ser un widget contedor"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:593
msgid "Width request"
msgstr "Solicitude de largura"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:594
msgid ""
"Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be "
"used"
msgstr ""
"Sobrepor a solicitude de largura do widget ou -1 se se debe empregar a "
"solicitude normal"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:602
msgid "Height request"
msgstr "Solicitude de altura"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:603
msgid ""
"Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should "
"be used"
msgstr ""
"Sobrepor a solicitude de altura do widget ou -1 se se debe empregar a "
"solicitude normal"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:612
msgid "Whether the widget is visible"
msgstr "Indica se o widget é visíbel"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:619
msgid "Whether the widget responds to input"
msgstr "Indica se o widget responde á entrada de datos"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:625
msgid "Application paintable"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Aplicativo pintábel"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:626
msgid "Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o aplicativo pintará directamente sobre o widget"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:632
msgid "Can focus"
msgstr "Pode enfocar"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:633
msgid "Whether the widget can accept the input focus"
msgstr "Indica se o widget pode aceptar o foco de entrada"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:639
msgid "Has focus"
msgstr "Ten foco"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:640
msgid "Whether the widget has the input focus"
msgstr "Indica se o widget ten o foco de entrada"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:646
msgid "Is focus"
msgstr "É o foco"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:647
msgid "Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"
msgstr "Indica se o widget é o widget co foco, dentro do nivel superior"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:653
msgid "Can default"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Pode ser o predefinido"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:654
msgid "Whether the widget can be the default widget"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o widget pode ser o widget predefinido"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:660
msgid "Has default"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "É o predefinido"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:661
msgid "Whether the widget is the default widget"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o widget é o widget predefinido"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:667
msgid "Receives default"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Recibe o predefinido"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:668
msgid "If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Se é TRUE, o widget recibirá a acción predefinida cando estea enfocado"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:674
msgid "Composite child"
msgstr "Fillo composto"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:675
msgid "Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"
msgstr "Indica se o widget é parte dun widget composto"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:681
msgid "Style"
msgstr "Estilo"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:682
msgid ""
"The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look "
"(colors etc)"
msgstr ""
"O estilo do widget, que contén información sobre a aparencia (cores etc.)"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:688
msgid "Events"
msgstr "Eventos"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:689
msgid "The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"
msgstr ""
"A máscara de eventos que decide que tipo de GdkEvents recibe este widget"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:696
msgid "Extension events"
msgstr "Eventos de extensión"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:697
msgid "The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets"
msgstr ""
"A máscara que decide que clase de eventos de extensión consegue este widget"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:704
msgid "No show all"
msgstr "Non mostrar todo"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:705
msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"
msgstr "Indica se o gtk_widget_show_all() non debe afectar a este widget"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:728
msgid "Whether this widget has a tooltip"
msgstr "Indica se este widget ten unha indicación"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:784
msgid "Window"
msgstr "Xanela"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:785
msgid "The widget's window if it is realized"
msgstr "A xanela do widget, se se crea"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:799
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Double Buffered"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Con búfer dobre"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:800
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether or not the widget is double buffered"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o widget conta ou non con búfer dobre"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2450
msgid "Interior Focus"
msgstr "Foco interior"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2451
msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"
msgstr "Indica se se debuxa o foco indicador dentro dos widgets"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2457
msgid "Focus linewidth"
msgstr "Enfocar a largura da liña"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2458
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"
msgstr "Largura en píxeles da liña indicadora do foco"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2464
msgid "Focus line dash pattern"
msgstr "Patrón de trazos da liña de foco"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2465
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"
msgstr "Patrón de trazos empregado para debuxar o indicador de foco"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2470
msgid "Focus padding"
msgstr "Recheo do foco"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2471
msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"
msgstr "Largura en píxeles entre o indicador de foco e a 'caixa' do widget"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2476
msgid "Cursor color"
msgstr "Cor do cursor"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2477
msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor"
msgstr "Cor coa que debuxar o cursor de inserción"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2482
msgid "Secondary cursor color"
msgstr "Cor secundaria do cursor"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2483
msgid ""
"Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed "
"right-to-left and left-to-right text"
msgstr ""
"Cor coa que debuxar o cursor de inserción secundario cando se edita unha "
"mestura de texto de dereita a esquerda e de esquerda a dereita"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2488
msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio"
msgstr "Proporción de aspecto da liña do cursor"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2489
msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"
msgstr "Proporción de aspecto coa que debuxar o cursor de inserción"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2495
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
msgid "Window dragging"
msgstr "Arrastre da xanela"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2496
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
msgid "Whether windows can be dragged by clicking on empty areas"
msgstr "Indica se as xanelas se poden arrastrar premendo nas áreas baleiras"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2510
msgid "Draw Border"
msgstr "Debuxar bordo"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2511
msgid "Size of areas outside the widget's allocation to draw"
msgstr "Tamaño das áreas fóra da asignación do widget para debuxar"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2524
msgid "Unvisited Link Color"
msgstr "Cor de ligazón non visitada"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2525
msgid "Color of unvisited links"
msgstr "Cor de ligazóns non visitadas"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2538
msgid "Visited Link Color"
msgstr "Cor de ligazón visitada"
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2539
msgid "Color of visited links"
msgstr "Cor de ligazóns visitadas"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2553
msgid "Wide Separators"
msgstr "Separadores largos"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2554
msgid ""
"Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a box "
"instead of a line"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os separadores teñen unha largura configurábel e se deberían "
"debuxarse usando unha caixa en vez dunha liña"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2568
msgid "Separator Width"
msgstr "Largura do separador"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2569
msgid "The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"
msgstr "A largura dos separadores se \"wide-separators\" é TRUE"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2583
msgid "Separator Height"
msgstr "Altura do separador"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2584
msgid "The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"
msgstr "A altura dos separadores se \"wide-separators\" é TRUE"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2598
msgid "Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude da frecha de desprazamento horizontal"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2599
msgid "The length of horizontal scroll arrows"
msgstr "A lonxitude das frechas de desprazamento horizontal"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2613
msgid "Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude das frechas de desprazamento vertical"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-08-05 14:16:43 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2614
msgid "The length of vertical scroll arrows"
msgstr "A lonxitude das frechas de desprazamento vertical"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:536
msgid "Window Type"
msgstr "Tipo de xanela"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:537
msgid "The type of the window"
msgstr "O tipo da xanela"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:545
msgid "Window Title"
msgstr "Título da xanela"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:546
msgid "The title of the window"
msgstr "O título da xanela"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:553
msgid "Window Role"
msgstr "Rol da xanela"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:554
msgid "Unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session"
msgstr ""
"Identificador único para a xanela que se usará ao restaurar unha sesión"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:570
msgid "Startup ID"
msgstr "ID de inicio"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:571
msgid "Unique startup identifier for the window used by startup-notification"
msgstr ""
"Identificador único para a xanela que se usará para a notificación de inicio"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:579
msgid "If TRUE, users can resize the window"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, os usuarios poden redimensionar a xanela"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:586
msgid "Modal"
msgstr "Modal"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:587
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the window is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is "
"up)"
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Se é TRUE, a xanela é modal (non é posíbel usar outras xanelas mentres esta "
"está encima)"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:594
msgid "Window Position"
msgstr "Posición da xanela"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:595
msgid "The initial position of the window"
msgstr "A posición inicial da xanela"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:603
msgid "Default Width"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Largura predefinida"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:604
msgid "The default width of the window, used when initially showing the window"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"A largura predefinida da xanela, usada cando se mostra inicialmente a xanela"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:613
msgid "Default Height"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Altura predefinida"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:614
msgid ""
"The default height of the window, used when initially showing the window"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"A altura predefinida da xanela, usada cando se mostra inicialmente a xanela"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:623
msgid "Destroy with Parent"
msgstr "Destruír co pai"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:624
msgid "If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed"
msgstr "Se esta xanela debería ser destruída cando se destrúe o pai"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:632
msgid "Icon for this window"
msgstr "Icona para esta xanela"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:638
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid "Mnemonics Visible"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Mnemónicos visíbeis"
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:639
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se os mnemónicos están visíbeis actualmente nesta xanela"
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:655
msgid "Name of the themed icon for this window"
msgstr "Nome da icona de tema para esta xanela"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:670
msgid "Is Active"
msgstr "Está activo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:671
msgid "Whether the toplevel is the current active window"
msgstr "Indica se o nivel superior é a xanela activa actual"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:678
msgid "Focus in Toplevel"
msgstr "Foco no nivel superior"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:679
msgid "Whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow"
msgstr "Indica se o foco de entrada está dentro desta GtkWindow"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:686
msgid "Type hint"
msgstr "Suxestión de tipo"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:687
msgid ""
"Hint to help the desktop environment understand what kind of window this is "
"and how to treat it."
msgstr ""
"Suxestión para axudar ao contorno de escritorio a entender que clase de "
"xanela é e como tratar con ela."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:695
msgid "Skip taskbar"
msgstr "Omitir a barra de tarefas"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:696
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the task bar."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela non debe estar na barra de tarefas."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:703
msgid "Skip pager"
msgstr "Omitir o paxinador"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:704
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the pager."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela non debe estar no paxinador."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:711
msgid "Urgent"
msgstr "Urxente"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:712
msgid "TRUE if the window should be brought to the user's attention."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela debe chamar a atención do usuario."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:726
msgid "Accept focus"
msgstr "Aceptar o foco"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:727
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela non debe recibir o foco de entrada."
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:741
msgid "Focus on map"
msgstr "Foco no mapa"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:742
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus when mapped."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela debería recibir o foco de entrada cando se mapee."
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:756
msgid "Decorated"
msgstr "Decorado"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:757
msgid "Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager"
msgstr "Indica se o xestor de xanelas debe decorar a xanela"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:771
msgid "Deletable"
msgstr "Eliminábel"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:772
msgid "Whether the window frame should have a close button"
msgstr "Indica se o marco da xanela debería ter un botón de pechar"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:788
msgid "Gravity"
msgstr "Gravidade"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:789
msgid "The window gravity of the window"
msgstr "O tipo de gravidade da xanela"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:806
msgid "Transient for Window"
msgstr "Transición para a xanela"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:807
msgid "The transient parent of the dialog"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "O pai transicional do diálogo"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:822
msgid "Opacity for Window"
msgstr "Opacidade para a xanela"
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:823
msgid "The opacity of the window, from 0 to 1"
msgstr "A opacidade da xanela; de 0 até 1"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:334
msgid "IM Preedit style"
msgstr "Estilo preedit IM"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:335
msgid "How to draw the input method preedit string"
msgstr "Como debuxar a cadea do método de entrada de preedit"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:343
msgid "IM Status style"
msgstr "Estilo do estado IM"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:344
msgid "How to draw the input method statusbar"
msgstr "Como debuxar o método de entrada da barra de estado"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2010-07-22 14:28:52 +00:00
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The maximum number of items to be returned by gtk_recent_manager_get_items"
#~ "()"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O número máximo de elementos que serán devoltos polo "
#~ "gtk_recent_manager_get_items()"
2010-07-07 15:54:03 +00:00
#~ msgid "Loop"
#~ msgstr "Facer bucle"
#~ msgid "Whether the animation should loop when it reaches the end"
#~ msgstr "Cando a animación debería recomezar ao acadar o fin"
#~ msgid "Number of Channels"
#~ msgstr "Número de canles"
#~ msgid "The number of samples per pixel"
#~ msgstr "O número de mostras por píxel"
#~ msgid "Colorspace"
#~ msgstr "Espazo de cor"
#~ msgid "The colorspace in which the samples are interpreted"
#~ msgstr "O espazo de cor en que se interpretan as mostras"
#~ msgid "Has Alpha"
#~ msgstr "Ten alfa"
#~ msgid "Whether the pixbuf has an alpha channel"
#~ msgstr "Indica se o pixbuf ten unha canle alfa"
#~ msgid "Bits per Sample"
#~ msgstr "Bits por mostra"
#~ msgid "The number of bits per sample"
#~ msgstr "O número de bits por mostra"
#~ msgid "The number of columns of the pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "O número de columnas do pixbuf"
#~ msgid "The number of rows of the pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "O número de filas do pixbuf"
#~ msgid "Rowstride"
#~ msgstr "Separación de filas"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of bytes between the start of a row and the start of the next "
#~ "row"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O número de bytes entre o inicio dunha fila e o inicio da fila seguinte"
#~ msgid "Pixels"
#~ msgstr "Píxeles"
#~ msgid "A pointer to the pixel data of the pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "Un punteiro para os datos de píxel do pixbuf"
#~ msgid "The GdkFont that is currently selected"
#~ msgstr "O GdkFont que está actualmente seleccionado"
#~ msgid "Allow Shrink"
#~ msgstr "Permitir redución"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If TRUE, the window has no mimimum size. Setting this to TRUE is 99% of "
#~ "the time a bad idea"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se é TRUE, a xanela non ten tamaño mínimo. Colocar este valor como TRUE é "
#~ "unha mala idea o 99% das veces"
#~ msgid "Allow Grow"
#~ msgstr "Permitir crecemento"
#~ msgid "If TRUE, users can expand the window beyond its minimum size"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se é TRUE, os usuarios poden expandir a xanela máis alá do seu tamaño "
#~ "mínimo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#~ msgid "Activity mode"
#~ msgstr "Modo de actividade"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If TRUE, the GtkProgress is in activity mode, meaning that it signals "
#~ "something is happening, but not how much of the activity is finished. "
#~ "This is used when you're doing something but don't know how long it will "
#~ "take."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se é TRUE, o GtkProgress está en modo de actividade, o que significa que "
#~ "indica que algo está pasando, mais non que parte da actividade está "
#~ "terminada. Isto úsase cando está facendo algo que non sabe canto tempo "
#~ "pode tardar."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#~ msgid "Enable arrow keys"
#~ msgstr "Activar as teclas de frecha"
#~ msgid "Whether the arrow keys move through the list of items"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se as teclas de frecha permiten moverse a través da lista de "
#~ "elementos"
#~ msgid "Always enable arrows"
#~ msgstr "Activar sempre as frechas"
#~ msgid "Obsolete property, ignored"
#~ msgstr "Propiedade obsoleta; ignorada"
#~ msgid "Case sensitive"
#~ msgstr "Diferenciar maiúsculas de minúsculas"
#~ msgid "Whether list item matching is case sensitive"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se a lista de elementos coincidentes diferencia maiúsculas de "
#~ "minúsculas"
#~ msgid "Allow empty"
#~ msgstr "Permitir baleiro"
#~ msgid "Whether an empty value may be entered in this field"
#~ msgstr "Indica se se pode introducir neste campo un valor baleiro"
#~ msgid "Value in list"
#~ msgstr "Valor da lista"
#~ msgid "Whether entered values must already be present in the list"
#~ msgstr "Indica se os valores introducidos deben estar xa presentes na lista"
#~ msgid "Curve type"
#~ msgstr "Tipo de curva"
#~ msgid "Is this curve linear, spline interpolated, or free-form"
#~ msgstr "Se esta curva é lineal, spline interpolada ou de forma libre"
#~ msgid "Minimum X"
#~ msgstr "X mínimo"
#~ msgid "Minimum possible value for X"
#~ msgstr "Mínimo valor posíbel para X"
#~ msgid "Maximum X"
#~ msgstr "X máximo"
#~ msgid "Maximum possible X value"
#~ msgstr "Máximo valor posíbel para X"
#~ msgid "Minimum Y"
#~ msgstr "Y mínimo"
#~ msgid "Minimum possible value for Y"
#~ msgstr "Mínimo valor posíbel para Y"
#~ msgid "Maximum Y"
#~ msgstr "Y máximo"
#~ msgid "Maximum possible value for Y"
#~ msgstr "Máximo valor posíbel para Y"
#~ msgid "File System Backend"
#~ msgstr "Backend do sistema de ficheiros"
#~ msgid "Name of file system backend to use"
#~ msgstr "Nome do backend do sistema de ficheiros para usar"
#~ msgid "The currently selected filename"
#~ msgstr "O nome do ficheiro actualmente seleccionado"
#~ msgid "Show file operations"
#~ msgstr "Mostrar operacións de ficheiro"
#~ msgid "Whether buttons for creating/manipulating files should be displayed"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se se deben mostrar os botóns de creación ou manipulación de "
#~ "ficheiros"
#~ msgid "Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Bordo de separador"
#~ msgid "Width of the border around the tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Largura do bordo ao redor das etiquetas de separador"
#~ msgid "Horizontal Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Bordo horizontal de separador"
#~ msgid "Width of the horizontal border of tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Largura do bordo horizontal das etiquetas de separador"
#~ msgid "Vertical Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Bordo vertical de separador"
#~ msgid "Width of the vertical border of tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Largura do bordo vertical das etiquetas de separador"
#~ msgid "Whether tabs should have homogeneous sizes"
#~ msgstr "Indica se os separadores deben ter tamaños homoxéneos"
#~ msgid "Group ID"
#~ msgstr "ID de grupo"
#~ msgid "Group ID for tabs drag and drop"
#~ msgstr "ID de grupo para arrastrar e soltar os separadores"
#~ msgid "User Data"
#~ msgstr "Información de usuario"
#~ msgid "Anonymous User Data Pointer"
#~ msgstr "Punteiro de información de usuario anónimo"
#~ msgid "The menu of options"
#~ msgstr "O menú de opcións"
#~ msgid "Size of dropdown indicator"
#~ msgstr "Tamaño do indicador despregábel"
#~ msgid "Spacing around indicator"
#~ msgstr "Espazamento ao redor do indicador"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the preview widget should take up the entire space it is allocated"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se o widget de previsualización debe tomar o espazo enteiro onde "
#~ "está asignado"
#~ msgid "The GtkAdjustment connected to the progress bar (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr "O GtkAdjustment conectado á barra de progreso (obsoleto)"
#~ msgid "Bar style"
#~ msgstr "Estilo da barra"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies the visual style of the bar in percentage mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Especifica o estilo visual da barra no modo de porcentaxe (obsoleto)"
#~ msgid "Activity Step"
#~ msgstr "Paso de actividade"
#~ msgid "The increment used for each iteration in activity mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O incremento empregado en cada iteración no modo de actividade (obsoleto)"
#~ msgid "Activity Blocks"
#~ msgstr "Bloques de actividade"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of blocks which can fit in the progress bar area in activity "
#~ "mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A cantidade de bloques que poden encaixar na área da barra de progreso no "
#~ "modo de actividade (obsoleto)"
#~ msgid "Discrete Blocks"
#~ msgstr "Bloques diferenciados"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of discrete blocks in a progress bar (when shown in the "
#~ "discrete style)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O número de bloques diferenciados na barra de progreso (cando se mostra "
#~ "no estilo diferenciado)"
#~ msgid "Horizontal adjustment for the text widget"
#~ msgstr "Axuste horizontal para o widget de texto"
#~ msgid "Vertical adjustment for the text widget"
#~ msgstr "Axuste vertical para o widget de texto"
#~ msgid "Line Wrap"
#~ msgstr "Axuste de liña"
#~ msgid "Whether lines are wrapped at widget edges"
#~ msgstr "Indica se as liñas se axustan aos bordos do widget"
#~ msgid "Word Wrap"
#~ msgstr "Axuste de palabra"
#~ msgid "Whether words are wrapped at widget edges"
#~ msgstr "Indica se as palabras se axustan aos bordos do widget"
#~ msgid "Tooltips"
#~ msgstr "Indicacións"
#~ msgid "If the tooltips of the toolbar should be active or not"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se as indicacións da barra de ferramentas deben estar activadas ou non"